update libpng to 1.5.10, add precompiled library for ffmpeg 0.10.2 for mac, and Xcode 4.3 project in a separate project.

This should make it possible to build StepMania 5 on Mac OS X.
The catch is that it will only work with Snow Leopard and up, but I think this is better than nothing.

We can support PowerPC / 10.4-10.5 again when someone can make the old Xcode 3 project work.
This commit is contained in:
Thai Pangsakulyanont
2012-04-24 00:11:28 +07:00
parent 5fb324dd8c
commit 503814c435
242 changed files with 101288 additions and 58713 deletions
+9
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
- Git clone from ffmpeg's repo.
- Checkout the revision that matches the Windows build.
./configure --arch=i386 --cc='clang -m32' --cxx='clang++ -m32' --prefix=/Build/ffmpeg-mac --disable-vda --enable-decoder=mjpeg
make
make install
Then copy the .a files from /Build/ffmpeg-mac/lib to the ffmpeg directory.
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+99
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
typedef float FFTSample;
typedef struct FFTComplex {
FFTSample re, im;
} FFTComplex;
typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
/**
* Set up a complex FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
*/
FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
/**
* Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
*/
void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
/**
* Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
* input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
*/
void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
enum RDFTransformType {
DFT_R2C,
IDFT_C2R,
IDFT_R2C,
DFT_C2R,
};
typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
/**
* Set up a real FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param trans the type of transform
*/
RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
enum DCTTransformType {
DCT_II = 0,
DCT_III,
DCT_I,
DST_I,
};
/**
* Set up DCT.
* @param nbits size of the input array:
* (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
* (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
*
* @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
*/
DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
+71
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* DXVA2 HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H
#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <d3d9.h>
#include <dxva2api.h>
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
/**
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
* to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*/
struct dxva_context {
/**
* DXVA2 decoder object
*/
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
/**
* DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
*/
const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
/**
* The number of surface in the surface array
*/
unsigned surface_count;
/**
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
*/
LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
/**
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
*/
uint64_t workaround;
/**
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
*/
unsigned report_id;
};
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */
+34
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/*
* This file is part of Libav.
*
* Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* This header is provided for compatibility only and will be removed
* on next major bump
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_OPT_H
#define AVCODEC_OPT_H
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
#if FF_API_OPT_H
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
#endif
#endif /* AVCODEC_OPT_H */
+167
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/*
* Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
* HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
*
* Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup VAAPI_Decoding VA API Decoding
* @ingroup Decoder
* @{
*/
/**
* This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
* the client video application.
* This shall be zero-allocated and available as
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
* decoding functions.
*/
struct vaapi_context {
/**
* Window system dependent data
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by user
*/
void *display;
/**
* Configuration ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by user
*/
uint32_t config_id;
/**
* Context ID (video decode pipeline)
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by user
*/
uint32_t context_id;
/**
* VAPictureParameterBuffer ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
uint32_t pic_param_buf_id;
/**
* VAIQMatrixBuffer ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id;
/**
* VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding)
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
uint32_t bitplane_buf_id;
/**
* Slice parameter/data buffer IDs
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
uint32_t *slice_buf_ids;
/**
* Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids;
/**
* Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc;
/**
* Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
void *slice_params;
/**
* Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
unsigned int slice_param_size;
/**
* Size of pre-allocated slice_params
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
unsigned int slice_params_alloc;
/**
* Number of slices currently filled in
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
unsigned int slice_count;
/**
* Pointer to slice data buffer base
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
const uint8_t *slice_data;
/**
* Current size of slice data
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
uint32_t slice_data_size;
};
/* @} */
#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */
+168
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/*
* VDA HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H
#define AVCODEC_VDA_H
#include <pthread.h>
#include <stdint.h>
// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes
// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390
#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h>
#undef Picture
/**
* This structure is used to store a decoded frame information and data.
*/
typedef struct {
/**
* The PTS of the frame.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
int64_t pts;
/**
* The CoreVideo buffer that contains the decoded data.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer;
/**
* A pointer to the next frame.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
struct vda_frame *next_frame;
} vda_frame;
/**
* This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data
* to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*/
struct vda_context {
/**
* VDA decoder object.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
VDADecoder decoder;
/**
* VDA frames queue ordered by presentation timestamp.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
vda_frame *queue;
/**
* Mutex for locking queue operations.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
pthread_mutex_t queue_mutex;
/**
* The frame width.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int width;
/**
* The frame height.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int height;
/**
* The frame format.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int format;
/**
* The pixel format for output image buffers.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
/**
* The current bitstream buffer.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
uint8_t *bitstream;
/**
* The current size of the bitstream.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
int bitstream_size;
/**
* The reference size used for fast reallocation.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
int ref_size;
};
/** Create the video decoder. */
int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx,
uint8_t *extradata,
int extradata_size);
/** Destroy the video decoder. */
int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
/** Return the top frame of the queue. */
vda_frame *ff_vda_queue_pop(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
/** Release the given frame. */
void ff_vda_release_vda_frame(vda_frame *frame);
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */
+88
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/*
* The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
* hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
*
* Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
/**
* @defgroup Decoder VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
*
* VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
* - VDPAU decoding
* - VDPAU presentation
*
* The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
* parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
*
* As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
* and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
* presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
*
* @defgroup VDPAU_Decoding VDPAU Decoding
* @ingroup Decoder
* @{
*/
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h>
/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1
/**
* @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
* The codec manipulates this.
*/
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2
/**
* @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
* decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module.
* This is used for defining a video frame containing surface,
* picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed
* between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients.
*/
struct vdpau_render_state {
VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed.
int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values.
/** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
int bitstream_buffers_used;
/** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
/** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
union VdpPictureInfo {
VdpPictureInfoH264 h264;
VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg;
VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1;
VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4;
} info;
};
/* @}*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
+130
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 53
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 61
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
/**
* Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
* They may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#ifndef FF_API_PALETTE_CONTROL
#define FF_API_PALETTE_CONTROL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_SAMPLE_FMT
#define FF_API_OLD_SAMPLE_FMT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AUDIOCONVERT
#define FF_API_OLD_AUDIOCONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ANTIALIAS_ALGO
#define FF_API_ANTIALIAS_ALGO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS
#define FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OPT_H
#define FF_API_OPT_H (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_THREAD_INIT
#define FF_API_THREAD_INIT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FF_PICT_TYPES
#define FF_API_OLD_FF_PICT_TYPES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FLAC_GLOBAL_OPTS
#define FF_API_FLAC_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GET_PIX_FMT_NAME
#define FF_API_GET_PIX_FMT_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT
#define FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_DRC_SCALE
#define FF_API_DRC_SCALE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ER
#define FF_API_ER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_INIT
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_INIT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_X264_GLOBAL_OPTS
#define FF_API_X264_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MPEGVIDEO_GLOBAL_OPTS
#define FF_API_MPEGVIDEO_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAME_GLOBAL_OPTS
#define FF_API_LAME_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SNOW_GLOBAL_OPTS
#define FF_API_SNOW_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MJPEG_GLOBAL_OPTS
#define FF_API_MJPEG_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GET_ALPHA_INFO
#define FF_API_GET_ALPHA_INFO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PARSE_FRAME
#define FF_API_PARSE_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_INTERNAL_CONTEXT
#define FF_API_INTERNAL_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_TIFFENC_COMPLEVEL
#define FF_API_TIFFENC_COMPLEVEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_DATA_POINTERS
#define FF_API_DATA_POINTERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO
#define FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE
#define FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVFRAME_AGE
#define FF_API_AVFRAME_AGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO
#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
#endif
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
+151
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
#include "avcodec.h"
#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
struct xvmc_pix_fmt {
/** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int xvmc_id;
/** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
*/
short* data_blocks;
/** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills description data into the array
*/
XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
/** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_mv_blocks;
/** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_data_blocks;
/** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int idct;
/** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int unsigned_intra;
/** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
XvMCSurface* p_surface;
/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
//@{
/** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
/** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
/** top/bottom field or frame
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int picture_structure;
/** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int flags;
//}@
/** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
that have already been passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int start_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
ff_draw_horiz_band().
- libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
*/
int filled_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of the the next free data block; one data block consists of
64 short values in the data_blocks array.
All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
position into the corresponding block description structure field,
that are part of the mv_blocks array.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
with start_mb_blocks_num.
- libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
of coded blocks it contains.
*/
int next_free_data_block_num;
};
#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavd
* Main libavdevice API header
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavd Special devices muxing/demuxing library
* @{
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
* meaning - e.g. for the x11grab device it is the display name.
*
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
* @}
*/
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 53
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 4
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
/**
* Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avdevice_version(void);
/**
* Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
*/
const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavdevice license.
*/
const char *avdevice_license(void);
/**
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
* @warning This function is not thread safe.
*/
void avdevice_register_all(void);
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H
#define AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H
#include "avfilter.h"
/**
* @file
* memory buffer source for audio
*/
/**
* Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source.
*
* @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context
* @param data pointers to the samples planes
* @param linesize linesizes of each audio buffer plane
* @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
* @param sample_fmt sample format of the audio data
* @param ch_layout channel layout of the audio data
* @param planar flag to indicate if audio data is planar or packed
* @param pts presentation timestamp of the audio buffer
* @param flags unused
*/
int av_asrc_buffer_add_samples(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc,
uint8_t *data[8], int linesize[8],
int nb_samples, int sample_rate,
int sample_fmt, int64_t ch_layout, int planar,
int64_t pts, int av_unused flags);
/**
* Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source.
*
* This is similar to av_asrc_buffer_add_samples(), but the samples
* are stored in a buffer with known size.
*
* @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context
* @param buf pointer to the samples data, packed is assumed
* @param size the size in bytes of the buffer, it must contain an
* integer number of samples
* @param sample_fmt sample format of the audio data
* @param ch_layout channel layout of the audio data
* @param pts presentation timestamp of the audio buffer
* @param flags unused
*/
int av_asrc_buffer_add_buffer(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc,
uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
int sample_rate,
int sample_fmt, int64_t ch_layout, int planar,
int64_t pts, int av_unused flags);
/**
* Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source.
*
* @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context
* @param samplesref buffer ref to queue
* @param flags unused
*/
int av_asrc_buffer_add_audio_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc,
AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref,
int av_unused flags);
#endif /* AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H
#define AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H
/**
* @file
* libavcodec/libavfilter gluing utilities
*
* This should be included in an application ONLY if the installed
* libavfilter has been compiled with libavcodec support, otherwise
* symbols defined below will not be available.
*/
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" // AVFrame
#include "avfilter.h"
#include "vsrc_buffer.h"
/**
* Copy the frame properties of src to dst, without copying the actual
* image data.
*/
int avfilter_copy_frame_props(AVFilterBufferRef *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Create and return a picref reference from the data and properties
* contained in frame.
*
* @param perms permissions to assign to the new buffer reference
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_video_buffer_ref_from_frame(const AVFrame *frame, int perms);
/**
* Fill an AVFrame with the information stored in picref.
*
* @param frame an already allocated AVFrame
* @param picref a video buffer reference
* @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
* failure
*/
int avfilter_fill_frame_from_video_buffer_ref(AVFrame *frame,
const AVFilterBufferRef *picref);
/**
* Add frame data to buffer_src.
*
* @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
* @param flags a combination of AV_VSRC_BUF_FLAG_* flags
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
* failure
*/
int av_vsrc_buffer_add_frame(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
const AVFrame *frame, int flags);
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H */
+948
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
/*
* filter layer
* Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_VSINK_API
#define FF_API_OLD_VSINK_API (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ALL_FORMATS_API
#define FF_API_OLD_ALL_FORMATS_API (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include "libavfilter/version.h"
/**
* Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avfilter_version(void);
/**
* Return the libavfilter build-time configuration.
*/
const char *avfilter_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavfilter license.
*/
const char *avfilter_license(void);
typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext;
typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink;
typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad;
/**
* A reference-counted buffer data type used by the filter system. Filters
* should not store pointers to this structure directly, but instead use the
* AVFilterBufferRef structure below.
*/
typedef struct AVFilterBuffer {
uint8_t *data[8]; ///< buffer data for each plane/channel
int linesize[8]; ///< number of bytes per line
unsigned refcount; ///< number of references to this buffer
/** private data to be used by a custom free function */
void *priv;
/**
* A pointer to the function to deallocate this buffer if the default
* function is not sufficient. This could, for example, add the memory
* back into a memory pool to be reused later without the overhead of
* reallocating it from scratch.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVFilterBuffer *buf);
int format; ///< media format
int w, h; ///< width and height of the allocated buffer
} AVFilterBuffer;
#define AV_PERM_READ 0x01 ///< can read from the buffer
#define AV_PERM_WRITE 0x02 ///< can write to the buffer
#define AV_PERM_PRESERVE 0x04 ///< nobody else can overwrite the buffer
#define AV_PERM_REUSE 0x08 ///< can output the buffer multiple times, with the same contents each time
#define AV_PERM_REUSE2 0x10 ///< can output the buffer multiple times, modified each time
#define AV_PERM_NEG_LINESIZES 0x20 ///< the buffer requested can have negative linesizes
#define AV_PERM_ALIGN 0x40 ///< the buffer must be aligned
#define AVFILTER_ALIGN 16 //not part of ABI
/**
* Audio specific properties in a reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since
* AVFilterBufferRef is common to different media formats, audio specific
* per reference properties must be separated out.
*/
typedef struct AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps {
uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of audio buffer
int nb_samples; ///< number of audio samples per channel
int sample_rate; ///< audio buffer sample rate
int planar; ///< audio buffer - planar or packed
} AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps;
/**
* Video specific properties in a reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since
* AVFilterBufferRef is common to different media formats, video specific
* per reference properties must be separated out.
*/
typedef struct AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps {
int w; ///< image width
int h; ///< image height
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< sample aspect ratio
int interlaced; ///< is frame interlaced
int top_field_first; ///< field order
enum AVPictureType pict_type; ///< picture type of the frame
int key_frame; ///< 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
} AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps;
/**
* A reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since filters can manipulate the origin of
* a buffer to, for example, crop image without any memcpy, the buffer origin
* and dimensions are per-reference properties. Linesize is also useful for
* image flipping, frame to field filters, etc, and so is also per-reference.
*
* TODO: add anything necessary for frame reordering
*/
typedef struct AVFilterBufferRef {
AVFilterBuffer *buf; ///< the buffer that this is a reference to
uint8_t *data[8]; ///< picture/audio data for each plane
int linesize[8]; ///< number of bytes per line
int format; ///< media format
/**
* presentation timestamp. The time unit may change during
* filtering, as it is specified in the link and the filter code
* may need to rescale the PTS accordingly.
*/
int64_t pts;
int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
int perms; ///< permissions, see the AV_PERM_* flags
enum AVMediaType type; ///< media type of buffer data
AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps *video; ///< video buffer specific properties
AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps *audio; ///< audio buffer specific properties
} AVFilterBufferRef;
/**
* Copy properties of src to dst, without copying the actual data
*/
static inline void avfilter_copy_buffer_ref_props(AVFilterBufferRef *dst, AVFilterBufferRef *src)
{
// copy common properties
dst->pts = src->pts;
dst->pos = src->pos;
switch (src->type) {
case AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO: *dst->video = *src->video; break;
case AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO: *dst->audio = *src->audio; break;
default: break;
}
}
/**
* Add a new reference to a buffer.
*
* @param ref an existing reference to the buffer
* @param pmask a bitmask containing the allowable permissions in the new
* reference
* @return a new reference to the buffer with the same properties as the
* old, excluding any permissions denied by pmask
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_ref_buffer(AVFilterBufferRef *ref, int pmask);
/**
* Remove a reference to a buffer. If this is the last reference to the
* buffer, the buffer itself is also automatically freed.
*
* @param ref reference to the buffer, may be NULL
*/
void avfilter_unref_buffer(AVFilterBufferRef *ref);
/**
* A list of supported formats for one end of a filter link. This is used
* during the format negotiation process to try to pick the best format to
* use to minimize the number of necessary conversions. Each filter gives a
* list of the formats supported by each input and output pad. The list
* given for each pad need not be distinct - they may be references to the
* same list of formats, as is often the case when a filter supports multiple
* formats, but will always output the same format as it is given in input.
*
* In this way, a list of possible input formats and a list of possible
* output formats are associated with each link. When a set of formats is
* negotiated over a link, the input and output lists are merged to form a
* new list containing only the common elements of each list. In the case
* that there were no common elements, a format conversion is necessary.
* Otherwise, the lists are merged, and all other links which reference
* either of the format lists involved in the merge are also affected.
*
* For example, consider the filter chain:
* filter (a) --> (b) filter (b) --> (c) filter
*
* where the letters in parenthesis indicate a list of formats supported on
* the input or output of the link. Suppose the lists are as follows:
* (a) = {A, B}
* (b) = {A, B, C}
* (c) = {B, C}
*
* First, the first link's lists are merged, yielding:
* filter (a) --> (a) filter (a) --> (c) filter
*
* Notice that format list (b) now refers to the same list as filter list (a).
* Next, the lists for the second link are merged, yielding:
* filter (a) --> (a) filter (a) --> (a) filter
*
* where (a) = {B}.
*
* Unfortunately, when the format lists at the two ends of a link are merged,
* we must ensure that all links which reference either pre-merge format list
* get updated as well. Therefore, we have the format list structure store a
* pointer to each of the pointers to itself.
*/
typedef struct AVFilterFormats {
unsigned format_count; ///< number of formats
int64_t *formats; ///< list of media formats
unsigned refcount; ///< number of references to this list
struct AVFilterFormats ***refs; ///< references to this list
} AVFilterFormats;
/**
* Create a list of supported formats. This is intended for use in
* AVFilter->query_formats().
*
* @param fmts list of media formats, terminated by -1. If NULL an
* empty list is created.
* @return the format list, with no existing references
*/
AVFilterFormats *avfilter_make_format_list(const int *fmts);
AVFilterFormats *avfilter_make_format64_list(const int64_t *fmts);
/**
* Add fmt to the list of media formats contained in *avff.
* If *avff is NULL the function allocates the filter formats struct
* and puts its pointer in *avff.
*
* @return a non negative value in case of success, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error
*/
int avfilter_add_format(AVFilterFormats **avff, int64_t fmt);
#if FF_API_OLD_ALL_FORMATS_API
/**
* @deprecated Use avfilter_make_all_formats() instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFilterFormats *avfilter_all_formats(enum AVMediaType type);
#endif
/**
* Return a list of all formats supported by FFmpeg for the given media type.
*/
AVFilterFormats *avfilter_make_all_formats(enum AVMediaType type);
/**
* A list of all channel layouts supported by libavfilter.
*/
extern const int64_t avfilter_all_channel_layouts[];
/**
* Return a list of all channel layouts supported by FFmpeg.
*/
AVFilterFormats *avfilter_make_all_channel_layouts(void);
/**
* Return a list of all audio packing formats.
*/
AVFilterFormats *avfilter_make_all_packing_formats(void);
/**
* Return a format list which contains the intersection of the formats of
* a and b. Also, all the references of a, all the references of b, and
* a and b themselves will be deallocated.
*
* If a and b do not share any common formats, neither is modified, and NULL
* is returned.
*/
AVFilterFormats *avfilter_merge_formats(AVFilterFormats *a, AVFilterFormats *b);
/**
* Add *ref as a new reference to formats.
* That is the pointers will point like in the ASCII art below:
* ________
* |formats |<--------.
* | ____ | ____|___________________
* | |refs| | | __|_
* | |* * | | | | | | AVFilterLink
* | |* *--------->|*ref|
* | |____| | | |____|
* |________| |________________________
*/
void avfilter_formats_ref(AVFilterFormats *formats, AVFilterFormats **ref);
/**
* If *ref is non-NULL, remove *ref as a reference to the format list
* it currently points to, deallocates that list if this was the last
* reference, and sets *ref to NULL.
*
* Before After
* ________ ________ NULL
* |formats |<--------. |formats | ^
* | ____ | ____|________________ | ____ | ____|________________
* | |refs| | | __|_ | |refs| | | __|_
* | |* * | | | | | | AVFilterLink | |* * | | | | | | AVFilterLink
* | |* *--------->|*ref| | |* | | | |*ref|
* | |____| | | |____| | |____| | | |____|
* |________| |_____________________ |________| |_____________________
*/
void avfilter_formats_unref(AVFilterFormats **ref);
/**
*
* Before After
* ________ ________
* |formats |<---------. |formats |<---------.
* | ____ | ___|___ | ____ | ___|___
* | |refs| | | | | | |refs| | | | | NULL
* | |* *--------->|*oldref| | |* *--------->|*newref| ^
* | |* * | | |_______| | |* * | | |_______| ___|___
* | |____| | | |____| | | | |
* |________| |________| |*oldref|
* |_______|
*/
void avfilter_formats_changeref(AVFilterFormats **oldref,
AVFilterFormats **newref);
/**
* A filter pad used for either input or output.
*/
struct AVFilterPad {
/**
* Pad name. The name is unique among inputs and among outputs, but an
* input may have the same name as an output. This may be NULL if this
* pad has no need to ever be referenced by name.
*/
const char *name;
/**
* AVFilterPad type. Can be AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO or AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO.
*/
enum AVMediaType type;
/**
* Minimum required permissions on incoming buffers. Any buffer with
* insufficient permissions will be automatically copied by the filter
* system to a new buffer which provides the needed access permissions.
*
* Input pads only.
*/
int min_perms;
/**
* Permissions which are not accepted on incoming buffers. Any buffer
* which has any of these permissions set will be automatically copied
* by the filter system to a new buffer which does not have those
* permissions. This can be used to easily disallow buffers with
* AV_PERM_REUSE.
*
* Input pads only.
*/
int rej_perms;
/**
* Callback called before passing the first slice of a new frame. If
* NULL, the filter layer will default to storing a reference to the
* picture inside the link structure.
*
* Input video pads only.
*/
void (*start_frame)(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *picref);
/**
* Callback function to get a video buffer. If NULL, the filter system will
* use avfilter_default_get_video_buffer().
*
* Input video pads only.
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *(*get_video_buffer)(AVFilterLink *link, int perms, int w, int h);
/**
* Callback function to get an audio buffer. If NULL, the filter system will
* use avfilter_default_get_audio_buffer().
*
* Input audio pads only.
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *(*get_audio_buffer)(AVFilterLink *link, int perms, int nb_samples);
/**
* Callback called after the slices of a frame are completely sent. If
* NULL, the filter layer will default to releasing the reference stored
* in the link structure during start_frame().
*
* Input video pads only.
*/
void (*end_frame)(AVFilterLink *link);
/**
* Slice drawing callback. This is where a filter receives video data
* and should do its processing.
*
* Input video pads only.
*/
void (*draw_slice)(AVFilterLink *link, int y, int height, int slice_dir);
/**
* Samples filtering callback. This is where a filter receives audio data
* and should do its processing.
*
* Input audio pads only.
*/
void (*filter_samples)(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref);
/**
* Frame poll callback. This returns the number of immediately available
* samples. It should return a positive value if the next request_frame()
* is guaranteed to return one frame (with no delay).
*
* Defaults to just calling the source poll_frame() method.
*
* Output video pads only.
*/
int (*poll_frame)(AVFilterLink *link);
/**
* Frame request callback. A call to this should result in at least one
* frame being output over the given link. This should return zero on
* success, and another value on error.
*
* Output video pads only.
*/
int (*request_frame)(AVFilterLink *link);
/**
* Link configuration callback.
*
* For output pads, this should set the following link properties:
* video: width, height, sample_aspect_ratio, time_base
* audio: sample_rate.
*
* This should NOT set properties such as format, channel_layout, etc which
* are negotiated between filters by the filter system using the
* query_formats() callback before this function is called.
*
* For input pads, this should check the properties of the link, and update
* the filter's internal state as necessary.
*
* For both input and output pads, this should return zero on success,
* and another value on error.
*/
int (*config_props)(AVFilterLink *link);
};
/** default handler for start_frame() for video inputs */
void avfilter_default_start_frame(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *picref);
/** default handler for draw_slice() for video inputs */
void avfilter_default_draw_slice(AVFilterLink *link, int y, int h, int slice_dir);
/** default handler for end_frame() for video inputs */
void avfilter_default_end_frame(AVFilterLink *link);
/** default handler for filter_samples() for audio inputs */
void avfilter_default_filter_samples(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref);
/** default handler for get_video_buffer() for video inputs */
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_default_get_video_buffer(AVFilterLink *link,
int perms, int w, int h);
/** default handler for get_audio_buffer() for audio inputs */
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_default_get_audio_buffer(AVFilterLink *link,
int perms, int nb_samples);
/**
* Helpers for query_formats() which set all links to the same list of
* formats/layouts. If there are no links hooked to this filter, the list
* of formats is freed.
*/
void avfilter_set_common_pixel_formats(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterFormats *formats);
void avfilter_set_common_sample_formats(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterFormats *formats);
void avfilter_set_common_channel_layouts(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterFormats *formats);
void avfilter_set_common_packing_formats(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterFormats *formats);
/** Default handler for query_formats() */
int avfilter_default_query_formats(AVFilterContext *ctx);
/** start_frame() handler for filters which simply pass video along */
void avfilter_null_start_frame(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *picref);
/** draw_slice() handler for filters which simply pass video along */
void avfilter_null_draw_slice(AVFilterLink *link, int y, int h, int slice_dir);
/** end_frame() handler for filters which simply pass video along */
void avfilter_null_end_frame(AVFilterLink *link);
/** filter_samples() handler for filters which simply pass audio along */
void avfilter_null_filter_samples(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref);
/** get_video_buffer() handler for filters which simply pass video along */
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_null_get_video_buffer(AVFilterLink *link,
int perms, int w, int h);
/** get_audio_buffer() handler for filters which simply pass audio along */
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_null_get_audio_buffer(AVFilterLink *link,
int perms, int nb_samples);
/**
* Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the
* callback functions used to interact with the filter.
*/
typedef struct AVFilter {
const char *name; ///< filter name
int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
/**
* Filter initialization function. Args contains the user-supplied
* parameters. FIXME: maybe an AVOption-based system would be better?
* opaque is data provided by the code requesting creation of the filter,
* and is used to pass data to the filter.
*/
int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args, void *opaque);
/**
* Filter uninitialization function. Should deallocate any memory held
* by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. This does not need
* to deallocate the AVFilterContext->priv memory itself.
*/
void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
/**
* Queries formats/layouts supported by the filter and its pads, and sets
* the in_formats/in_chlayouts for links connected to its output pads,
* and out_formats/out_chlayouts for links connected to its input pads.
*
* @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *);
const AVFilterPad *inputs; ///< NULL terminated list of inputs. NULL if none
const AVFilterPad *outputs; ///< NULL terminated list of outputs. NULL if none
/**
* A description for the filter. You should use the
* NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
*/
const char *description;
/**
* Make the filter instance process a command.
*
* @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
* @param arg the argument for the command
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported.
* @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be
* time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command
*
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
*/
int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
} AVFilter;
/** An instance of a filter */
struct AVFilterContext {
const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log()
AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance
char *name; ///< name of this filter instance
unsigned input_count; ///< number of input pads
AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads
AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links
unsigned output_count; ///< number of output pads
AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads
AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links
void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter
struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue;
};
enum AVFilterPacking {
AVFILTER_PACKED = 0,
AVFILTER_PLANAR,
};
/**
* A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and
* destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of
* the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
* which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
* image dimensions, format, etc.
*/
struct AVFilterLink {
AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter
AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter
AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter
/** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */
enum {
AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started
AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete
AVLINK_INIT ///< complete
} init_state;
enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type
/* These parameters apply only to video */
int w; ///< agreed upon image width
int h; ///< agreed upon image height
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio
/* These parameters apply only to audio */
uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/audioconvert.h)
#if LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 3
int64_t sample_rate; ///< samples per second
#else
int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
#endif
int planar; ///< agreed upon packing mode of audio buffers. true if planar.
int format; ///< agreed upon media format
/**
* Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output
* filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format
* to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and
* channel_layout members, above, when chosen.
*
*/
AVFilterFormats *in_formats;
AVFilterFormats *out_formats;
AVFilterFormats *in_chlayouts;
AVFilterFormats *out_chlayouts;
AVFilterFormats *in_packing;
AVFilterFormats *out_packing;
/**
* The buffer reference currently being sent across the link by the source
* filter. This is used internally by the filter system to allow
* automatic copying of buffers which do not have sufficient permissions
* for the destination. This should not be accessed directly by the
* filters.
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *src_buf;
AVFilterBufferRef *cur_buf;
AVFilterBufferRef *out_buf;
/**
* Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples
* which will pass through this link.
* During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to
* change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the
* input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property.
*/
AVRational time_base;
struct AVFilterPool *pool;
};
/**
* Link two filters together.
*
* @param src the source filter
* @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter
* @param dst the destination filter
* @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter
* @return zero on success
*/
int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad);
/**
* Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL.
*/
void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
/**
* Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter.
*
* @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs
* @return zero on successful negotiation
*/
int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
/**
* Request a picture buffer with a specific set of permissions.
*
* @param link the output link to the filter from which the buffer will
* be requested
* @param perms the required access permissions
* @param w the minimum width of the buffer to allocate
* @param h the minimum height of the buffer to allocate
* @return A reference to the buffer. This must be unreferenced with
* avfilter_unref_buffer when you are finished with it.
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_video_buffer(AVFilterLink *link, int perms,
int w, int h);
/**
* Create a buffer reference wrapped around an already allocated image
* buffer.
*
* @param data pointers to the planes of the image to reference
* @param linesize linesizes for the planes of the image to reference
* @param perms the required access permissions
* @param w the width of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays
* @param h the height of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays
* @param format the pixel format of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *
avfilter_get_video_buffer_ref_from_arrays(uint8_t * const data[4], const int linesize[4], int perms,
int w, int h, enum PixelFormat format);
/**
* Request an audio samples buffer with a specific set of permissions.
*
* @param link the output link to the filter from which the buffer will
* be requested
* @param perms the required access permissions
* @param nb_samples the number of samples per channel
* @return A reference to the samples. This must be unreferenced with
* avfilter_unref_buffer when you are finished with it.
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_audio_buffer(AVFilterLink *link, int perms,
int nb_samples);
/**
* Create an audio buffer reference wrapped around an already
* allocated samples buffer.
*
* @param data pointers to the samples plane buffers
* @param linesize linesize for the samples plane buffers
* @param perms the required access permissions
* @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
* @param sample_fmt the format of each sample in the buffer to allocate
* @param channel_layout the channel layout of the buffer
* @param planar audio data layout - planar or packed
*/
AVFilterBufferRef *
avfilter_get_audio_buffer_ref_from_arrays(uint8_t *data[8], int linesize[8], int perms,
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt,
uint64_t channel_layout, int planar);
/**
* Request an input frame from the filter at the other end of the link.
*
* @param link the input link
* @return zero on success
*/
int avfilter_request_frame(AVFilterLink *link);
/**
* Poll a frame from the filter chain.
*
* @param link the input link
* @return the number of immediately available frames, a negative
* number in case of error
*/
int avfilter_poll_frame(AVFilterLink *link);
/**
* Notify the next filter of the start of a frame.
*
* @param link the output link the frame will be sent over
* @param picref A reference to the frame about to be sent. The data for this
* frame need only be valid once draw_slice() is called for that
* portion. The receiving filter will free this reference when
* it no longer needs it.
*/
void avfilter_start_frame(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *picref);
/**
* Notify the next filter that the current frame has finished.
*
* @param link the output link the frame was sent over
*/
void avfilter_end_frame(AVFilterLink *link);
/**
* Send a slice to the next filter.
*
* Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
* top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
* non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
*
* @param link the output link over which the frame is being sent
* @param y offset in pixels from the top of the image for this slice
* @param h height of this slice in pixels
* @param slice_dir the assumed direction for sending slices,
* from the top slice to the bottom slice if the value is 1,
* from the bottom slice to the top slice if the value is -1,
* for other values the behavior of the function is undefined.
*/
void avfilter_draw_slice(AVFilterLink *link, int y, int h, int slice_dir);
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw)
/**
* Make the filter instance process a command.
* It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command().
*/
int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
/**
* Send a buffer of audio samples to the next filter.
*
* @param link the output link over which the audio samples are being sent
* @param samplesref a reference to the buffer of audio samples being sent. The
* receiving filter will free this reference when it no longer
* needs it or pass it on to the next filter.
*/
void avfilter_filter_samples(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref);
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all built-in filters. */
void avfilter_register_all(void);
/** Uninitialize the filter system. Unregister all filters. */
void avfilter_uninit(void);
/**
* Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use
* avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A
* filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_open even if it is not
* registered.
*
* @param filter the filter to register
* @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value
* otherwise
*/
int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
/**
* Get a filter definition matching the given name.
*
* @param name the filter name to find
* @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
* NULL if none found.
*/
AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
/**
* If filter is NULL, returns a pointer to the first registered filter pointer,
* if filter is non-NULL, returns the next pointer after filter.
* If the returned pointer points to NULL, the last registered filter
* was already reached.
*/
AVFilter **av_filter_next(AVFilter **filter);
/**
* Create a filter instance.
*
* @param filter_ctx put here a pointer to the created filter context
* on success, NULL on failure
* @param filter the filter to create an instance of
* @param inst_name Name to give to the new instance. Can be NULL for none.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int avfilter_open(AVFilterContext **filter_ctx, AVFilter *filter, const char *inst_name);
/**
* Initialize a filter.
*
* @param filter the filter to initialize
* @param args A string of parameters to use when initializing the filter.
* The format and meaning of this string varies by filter.
* @param opaque Any extra non-string data needed by the filter. The meaning
* of this parameter varies by filter.
* @return zero on success
*/
int avfilter_init_filter(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *args, void *opaque);
/**
* Free a filter context.
*
* @param filter the filter to free
*/
void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter);
/**
* Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link.
*
* @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted
* @param filt the filter to be inserted
* @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect
* @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect
* @return zero on success
*/
int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt,
unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx);
/**
* Insert a new pad.
*
* @param idx Insertion point. Pad is inserted at the end if this point
* is beyond the end of the list of pads.
* @param count Pointer to the number of pads in the list
* @param padidx_off Offset within an AVFilterLink structure to the element
* to increment when inserting a new pad causes link
* numbering to change
* @param pads Pointer to the pointer to the beginning of the list of pads
* @param links Pointer to the pointer to the beginning of the list of links
* @param newpad The new pad to add. A copy is made when adding.
*/
void avfilter_insert_pad(unsigned idx, unsigned *count, size_t padidx_off,
AVFilterPad **pads, AVFilterLink ***links,
AVFilterPad *newpad);
/** Insert a new input pad for the filter. */
static inline void avfilter_insert_inpad(AVFilterContext *f, unsigned index,
AVFilterPad *p)
{
avfilter_insert_pad(index, &f->input_count, offsetof(AVFilterLink, dstpad),
&f->input_pads, &f->inputs, p);
}
/** Insert a new output pad for the filter. */
static inline void avfilter_insert_outpad(AVFilterContext *f, unsigned index,
AVFilterPad *p)
{
avfilter_insert_pad(index, &f->output_count, offsetof(AVFilterLink, srcpad),
&f->output_pads, &f->outputs, p);
}
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
/*
* Filter graphs
* copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
#include "avfilter.h"
typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
unsigned filter_count;
AVFilterContext **filters;
char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
} AVFilterGraph;
/**
* Allocate a filter graph.
*/
AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void);
/**
* Get a filter instance with name name from graph.
*
* @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it
* cannot be found.
*/
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, char *name);
/**
* Add an existing filter instance to a filter graph.
*
* @param graphctx the filter graph
* @param filter the filter to be added
*/
int avfilter_graph_add_filter(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, AVFilterContext *filter);
/**
* Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
* The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited
* with the parameters args and opaque.
*
* In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created
* filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL.
*
* @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance
* @param graph_ctx the filter graph
* @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non
* negative value otherwise
*/
int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, AVFilter *filt,
const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque,
AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx);
/**
* Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph.
*
* @param graphctx the filter graph
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
* @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL.
* If *graph is NULL, do nothing.
*/
void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph);
/**
* A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain.
*
* This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse(), since this
* function may accept a description of a graph with not connected
* input/output pads. This struct specifies, per each not connected
* pad contained in the graph, the filter context and the pad index
* required for establishing a link.
*/
typedef struct AVFilterInOut {
/** unique name for this input/output in the list */
char *name;
/** filter context associated to this input/output */
AVFilterContext *filter_ctx;
/** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */
int pad_idx;
/** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */
struct AVFilterInOut *next;
} AVFilterInOut;
/**
* Create an AVFilterInOut.
* Must be free with avfilter_inout_free().
*/
AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void);
/**
* Free the AVFilterInOut in *inout, and set its pointer to NULL.
* If *inout is NULL, do nothing.
*/
void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout);
/**
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
*
* @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
* @param filters string to be parsed
* @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL.
* If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
* @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL.
* If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
* @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
*/
int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs,
void *log_ctx);
/**
* Send a command to one or more filter instances.
*
* @param graph the filter graph
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
* "all" sends to all filters
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
* @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
* @param arg the argument for the command
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response.
*
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
*/
int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
/**
* Queue a command for one or more filter instances.
*
* @param graph the filter graph
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
* "all" sends to all filters
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
* @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanummeric only
* @param arg the argument for the command
* @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter
*
* @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code
* from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported.
*/
int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts);
/**
* Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation.
*
* @param graph the graph to dump
* @param options formatting options; currently ignored
* @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure;
* the string must be freed using av_free
*/
char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options);
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_VSINK_BUFFER_H
#define AVFILTER_VSINK_BUFFER_H
/**
* @file
* memory buffer sink API for audio and video
*/
#include "avfilter.h"
/**
* Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
*/
typedef struct {
const enum PixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by PIX_FMT_NONE
} AVBufferSinkParams;
/**
* Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
*
* Must be freed with av_free().
*/
AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
/**
* Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
*/
typedef struct {
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
const int *packing_fmts; ///< list of allowed packing formats
} AVABufferSinkParams;
/**
* Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
*
* Must be freed with av_free().
*/
AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
/**
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
* reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
* need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
*/
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
/**
* Get an audio/video buffer data from buffer_sink and put it in bufref.
*
* This function works with both audio and video buffer sinks.
*
* @param buffer_sink pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink context
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
* failure
*/
int av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *buffer_sink,
AVFilterBufferRef **bufref, int flags);
/**
* Get the number of immediately available frames.
*/
int av_buffersink_poll_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx);
#if FF_API_OLD_VSINK_API
/**
* @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_vsink_buffer_get_video_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *buffer_sink,
AVFilterBufferRef **picref, int flags);
#endif
#endif /* AVFILTER_VSINK_BUFFER_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
* Version macros.
*
* This file is part of Libav.
*
* Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* Libavfilter version macros
*/
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 2
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 61
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
#endif // AVFILTER_VERSION_H
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2008 Vitor Sessak
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_VSRC_BUFFER_H
#define AVFILTER_VSRC_BUFFER_H
/**
* @file
* memory buffer source API for video
*/
#include "avfilter.h"
/**
* Tell av_vsrc_buffer_add_video_buffer_ref() to overwrite the already
* cached video buffer with the new added one, otherwise the function
* will complain and exit.
*/
#define AV_VSRC_BUF_FLAG_OVERWRITE 1
/**
* Add video buffer data in picref to buffer_src.
*
* @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
* @param flags a combination of AV_VSRC_BUF_FLAG_* flags
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
* failure
*/
int av_vsrc_buffer_add_video_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
AVFilterBufferRef *picref, int flags);
#endif /* AVFILTER_VSRC_BUFFER_H */
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+695
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavf_io
* Buffered I/O operations
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/common.h"
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavformat/version.h"
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */
/**
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
* blocking operation will be aborted.
*
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
* or AVIOContext.
*/
typedef struct {
int (*callback)(void*);
void *opaque;
} AVIOInterruptCB;
/**
* Bytestream IO Context.
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
* version bump.
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
*
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
*/
typedef struct {
#if !FF_API_OLD_AVIO
/**
* A class for private options.
*
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
* passes the options down to protocols.
*
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
* the caller.
*
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
*/
AVClass *av_class;
#endif
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
no more data has been received yet. */
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
functions. */
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
#if FF_API_OLD_AVIO
attribute_deprecated int is_streamed;
#endif
int max_packet_size;
unsigned long checksum;
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
/**
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
*/
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
/**
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
* to byte position.
*/
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
/**
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
*/
int seekable;
/**
* max filesize, used to limit allocations
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
*/
int64_t maxsize;
} AVIOContext;
/* unbuffered I/O */
#if FF_API_OLD_AVIO
/**
* URL Context.
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
* version bump.
* sizeof(URLContext) must not be used outside libav*.
* @deprecated This struct will be made private
*/
typedef struct URLContext {
const AVClass *av_class; ///< information for av_log(). Set by url_open().
struct URLProtocol *prot;
int flags;
int is_streamed; /**< true if streamed (no seek possible), default = false */
int max_packet_size; /**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this max packet size */
void *priv_data;
char *filename; /**< specified URL */
int is_connected;
AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
} URLContext;
#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NESTED_SCHEME 1 /*< The protocol name can be the first part of a nested protocol scheme */
#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NETWORK 2 /*< The protocol uses network */
/**
* @deprecated This struct is to be made private. Use the higher-level
* AVIOContext-based API instead.
*/
typedef struct URLProtocol {
const char *name;
int (*url_open)(URLContext *h, const char *url, int flags);
int (*url_read)(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size);
int (*url_write)(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
int64_t (*url_seek)(URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence);
int (*url_close)(URLContext *h);
struct URLProtocol *next;
int (*url_read_pause)(URLContext *h, int pause);
int64_t (*url_read_seek)(URLContext *h, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
int (*url_get_file_handle)(URLContext *h);
int priv_data_size;
const AVClass *priv_data_class;
int flags;
int (*url_check)(URLContext *h, int mask);
} URLProtocol;
typedef struct URLPollEntry {
URLContext *handle;
int events;
int revents;
} URLPollEntry;
/* not implemented */
attribute_deprecated int url_poll(URLPollEntry *poll_table, int n, int timeout);
/**
* @name URL open modes
* The flags argument to url_open and cosins must be one of the following
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
* @{
*/
#define URL_RDONLY 1 /**< read-only */
#define URL_WRONLY 2 /**< write-only */
#define URL_RDWR (URL_RDONLY|URL_WRONLY) /**< read-write */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Use non-blocking mode.
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
* silently ignored.
*/
#define URL_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
typedef int URLInterruptCB(void);
extern URLInterruptCB *url_interrupt_cb;
/**
* @defgroup old_url_funcs Old url_* functions
* The following functions are deprecated. Use the buffered API based on #AVIOContext instead.
* @{
* @ingroup lavf_io
*/
attribute_deprecated int url_open_protocol (URLContext **puc, struct URLProtocol *up,
const char *url, int flags);
attribute_deprecated int url_alloc(URLContext **h, const char *url, int flags);
attribute_deprecated int url_connect(URLContext *h);
attribute_deprecated int url_open(URLContext **h, const char *url, int flags);
attribute_deprecated int url_read(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size);
attribute_deprecated int url_read_complete(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size);
attribute_deprecated int url_write(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
attribute_deprecated int64_t url_seek(URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence);
attribute_deprecated int url_close(URLContext *h);
attribute_deprecated int64_t url_filesize(URLContext *h);
attribute_deprecated int url_get_file_handle(URLContext *h);
attribute_deprecated int url_get_max_packet_size(URLContext *h);
attribute_deprecated void url_get_filename(URLContext *h, char *buf, int buf_size);
attribute_deprecated int av_url_read_pause(URLContext *h, int pause);
attribute_deprecated int64_t av_url_read_seek(URLContext *h, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
attribute_deprecated void url_set_interrupt_cb(int (*interrupt_cb)(void));
/**
* returns the next registered protocol after the given protocol (the first if
* NULL is given), or NULL if protocol is the last one.
*/
URLProtocol *av_protocol_next(URLProtocol *p);
/**
* Register the URLProtocol protocol.
*
* @param size the size of the URLProtocol struct referenced
*/
attribute_deprecated int av_register_protocol2(URLProtocol *protocol, int size);
/**
* @}
*/
typedef attribute_deprecated AVIOContext ByteIOContext;
attribute_deprecated int init_put_byte(AVIOContext *s,
unsigned char *buffer,
int buffer_size,
int write_flag,
void *opaque,
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
attribute_deprecated AVIOContext *av_alloc_put_byte(
unsigned char *buffer,
int buffer_size,
int write_flag,
void *opaque,
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
/**
* @defgroup old_avio_funcs Old put_/get_*() functions
* The following functions are deprecated. Use the "avio_"-prefixed functions instead.
* @{
* @ingroup lavf_io
*/
attribute_deprecated int get_buffer(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
attribute_deprecated int get_partial_buffer(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
attribute_deprecated int get_byte(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated unsigned int get_le16(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated unsigned int get_le24(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated unsigned int get_le32(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated uint64_t get_le64(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated unsigned int get_be16(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated unsigned int get_be24(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated unsigned int get_be32(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated uint64_t get_be64(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated void put_byte(AVIOContext *s, int b);
attribute_deprecated void put_nbyte(AVIOContext *s, int b, int count);
attribute_deprecated void put_buffer(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
attribute_deprecated void put_le64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
attribute_deprecated void put_be64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
attribute_deprecated void put_le32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
attribute_deprecated void put_be32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
attribute_deprecated void put_le24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
attribute_deprecated void put_be24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
attribute_deprecated void put_le16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
attribute_deprecated void put_be16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
attribute_deprecated void put_tag(AVIOContext *s, const char *tag);
/**
* @}
*/
attribute_deprecated int av_url_read_fpause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
attribute_deprecated int64_t av_url_read_fseek (AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
/**
* @defgroup old_url_f_funcs Old url_f* functions
* The following functions are deprecated, use the "avio_"-prefixed functions instead.
* @{
* @ingroup lavf_io
*/
attribute_deprecated int url_fopen( AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
attribute_deprecated int url_fclose(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated int64_t url_fseek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
attribute_deprecated int url_fskip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
attribute_deprecated int64_t url_ftell(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated int64_t url_fsize(AVIOContext *s);
#define URL_EOF (-1)
attribute_deprecated int url_fgetc(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated int url_setbufsize(AVIOContext *s, int buf_size);
attribute_deprecated int url_fprintf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
attribute_deprecated void put_flush_packet(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated int url_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
attribute_deprecated int url_open_dyn_packet_buf(AVIOContext **s, int max_packet_size);
attribute_deprecated int url_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
attribute_deprecated int url_fdopen(AVIOContext **s, URLContext *h);
/**
* @}
*/
attribute_deprecated int url_ferror(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated int udp_set_remote_url(URLContext *h, const char *uri);
attribute_deprecated int udp_get_local_port(URLContext *h);
attribute_deprecated void init_checksum(AVIOContext *s,
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long c, const uint8_t *p, unsigned int len),
unsigned long checksum);
attribute_deprecated unsigned long get_checksum(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated void put_strz(AVIOContext *s, const char *buf);
/** @note unlike fgets, the EOL character is not returned and a whole
line is parsed. return NULL if first char read was EOF */
attribute_deprecated char *url_fgets(AVIOContext *s, char *buf, int buf_size);
/**
* @deprecated use avio_get_str instead
*/
attribute_deprecated char *get_strz(AVIOContext *s, char *buf, int maxlen);
/**
* @deprecated Use AVIOContext.seekable field directly.
*/
attribute_deprecated static inline int url_is_streamed(AVIOContext *s)
{
return !s->seekable;
}
attribute_deprecated URLContext *url_fileno(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* @deprecated use AVIOContext.max_packet_size directly.
*/
attribute_deprecated int url_fget_max_packet_size(AVIOContext *s);
attribute_deprecated int url_open_buf(AVIOContext **s, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int flags);
/** return the written or read size */
attribute_deprecated int url_close_buf(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Return a non-zero value if the resource indicated by url
* exists, 0 otherwise.
* @deprecated Use avio_check instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated int url_exist(const char *url);
#endif // FF_API_OLD_AVIO
/**
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
* masked by the value in flags.
*
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
* checked resource.
*/
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
#if FF_API_OLD_INTERRUPT_CB
/**
* The callback is called in blocking functions to test regulary if
* asynchronous interruption is needed. AVERROR_EXIT is returned
* in this case by the interrupted function. 'NULL' means no interrupt
* callback is given.
* @deprecated Use interrupt_callback in AVFormatContext/avio_open2
* instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated void avio_set_interrupt_cb(int (*interrupt_cb)(void));
#endif
/**
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
* freed with av_free().
*
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
*
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
*/
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
unsigned char *buffer,
int buffer_size,
int write_flag,
void *opaque,
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
/**
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
* @return number of bytes written.
*/
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
*/
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
/**
* Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonble
* means that can be extreemly slow.
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
*/
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
/**
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return new position or AVERROR.
*/
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
/**
* Skip given number of bytes forward
* @return new position or AVERROR.
*/
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
/**
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return position or AVERROR.
*/
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
{
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
}
/**
* Get the filesize.
* @return filesize or AVERROR
*/
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
*/
int url_feof(AVIOContext *s);
/** @warning currently size is limited */
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
*/
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
/**
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
* @{
*
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
* necessary
*/
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
*
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
* bytes actually read.
*/
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
/**
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
*/
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
/**
* @name URL open modes
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
* @{
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Use non-blocking mode.
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
* silently ignored.
*/
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
/**
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
* resource indicated by url.
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
*
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
* is to be opened
* @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure
*/
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
/**
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
* resource indicated by url.
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
*
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
* is to be opened
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
* that were not found. May be NULL.
* @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of failure
*/
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
*
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
*/
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* Open a write only memory stream.
*
* @param s new IO context
* @return zero if no error.
*/
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
/**
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
* must be freed with av_free().
* Padding of FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
*
* @param s IO context
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
* @return the length of the byte buffer
*/
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
/**
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
* @note it is recommanded to use av_protocol_next() instead of this
*
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
* otherwise over input protocols.
*
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
*/
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
/**
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
*/
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
/**
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
* fail if used and not supported.
* @return >= 0 on success
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
*/
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
+129
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/*
* Version macros.
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup libavf
* Libavformat version macros
*/
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 53
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 32
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
/**
* Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
* They may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_METADATA2
#define FF_API_OLD_METADATA2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO
#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_DUMP_FORMAT
#define FF_API_DUMP_FORMAT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PARSE_DATE
#define FF_API_PARSE_DATE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FIND_INFO_TAG
#define FF_API_FIND_INFO_TAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PKT_DUMP
#define FF_API_PKT_DUMP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GUESS_IMG2_CODEC
#define FF_API_GUESS_IMG2_CODEC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SDP_CREATE
#define FF_API_SDP_CREATE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT
#define FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS
#define FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FLAG_RTP_HINT
#define FF_API_FLAG_RTP_HINT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVSTREAM_QUALITY
#define FF_API_AVSTREAM_QUALITY (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LOOP_INPUT
#define FF_API_LOOP_INPUT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LOOP_OUTPUT
#define FF_API_LOOP_OUTPUT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_TIMESTAMP
#define FF_API_TIMESTAMP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FILESIZE
#define FF_API_FILESIZE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MUXRATE
#define FF_API_MUXRATE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_RTSP_URL_OPTIONS
#define FF_API_RTSP_URL_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NEW_STREAM
#define FF_API_NEW_STREAM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PRELOAD
#define FF_API_PRELOAD (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_COPY
#define FF_API_STREAM_COPY (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SEEK_PUBLIC
#define FF_API_SEEK_PUBLIC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_REORDER_PRIVATE
#define FF_API_REORDER_PRIVATE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_INTERRUPT_CB
#define FF_API_OLD_INTERRUPT_CB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO
#define FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE
#define FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
#endif
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
+43
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
*
* Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
* allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
* they were concatenated.
*
* @param adler initial checksum value
* @param buf pointer to input buffer
* @param len size of input buffer
* @return updated checksum
*/
unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf,
unsigned int len) av_pure;
#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */
+57
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_aes AES
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_aes_size;
struct AVAES;
/**
* Initialize an AVAES context.
* @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */
+162
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > x || __GNUC__ == x && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= y)
#else
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
#endif
#ifndef av_always_inline
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
#else
# define av_always_inline inline
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_noreturn
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5)
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
#else
# define av_noreturn
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_noinline
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
#else
# define av_noinline
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_pure
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
#else
# define av_pure
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_const
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6)
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
#else
# define av_const
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_cold
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
#else
# define av_cold
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_flatten
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1)
# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
#else
# define av_flatten
#endif
#endif
#ifndef attribute_deprecated
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
# define attribute_deprecated
#endif
#endif
/**
* Disable warnings about deprecated features
* This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
* scheduled for removal.
*/
#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
code \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
#else
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_unused
#if defined(__GNUC__)
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define av_unused
#endif
#endif
/**
* Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
*/
#ifndef av_used
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
#else
# define av_used
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_alias
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3)
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
#else
# define av_alias
#endif
#endif
#ifndef av_uninit
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
#else
# define av_uninit(x) x
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
#else
# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
* Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H
#define AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* audio conversion routines
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @{
*/
/**
* @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
* @{
*/
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002
#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008
#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010
#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080
#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100
#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200
#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400
#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000
#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix.
#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL
#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
to be the native codec channel order. */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
/**
* @}
* @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel convenience macros
* @{
* */
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, 0 if no match.
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
* separated by '+' or '|':
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
* - a number of channels, in decimal, optionnally followed by 'c', yielding
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
* AV_CH_* macros).
+ Example: "stereo+FC" = "2+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
*/
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
/**
* Return a description of a channel layout.
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
*
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
*/
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
*/
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*/
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H */
+66
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
* @author Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "log.h"
/**
* assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
*/
#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
if (!(cond)) { \
av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_FATAL, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
abort(); \
} \
} while (0)
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#else
#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
#endif
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#else
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
/* Generated by ffconf */
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
+209
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_string
* @{
*/
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
* the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
* it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
* after the prefix.
*
* @param str input string
* @param pfx prefix to test
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
*/
int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
/**
* Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
* of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
* match at the start of haystack.
*
* This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
*
* @param haystack string to search in
* @param needle string to search for
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
* or a null pointer if no match
*/
char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
/**
* Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
* null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the length of src
*
* @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
* _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
* the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
* no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
*
* This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
* size <= strlen(dst).
*
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param src source string
* @param size size of destination buffer
* @return the total length of src and dst
*
* @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
* absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
* will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
*/
size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
/**
* Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
* the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
* the buffer.
* @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
* appended)
* @param size total size of the destination buffer
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used
* @return the length of the string that would have been generated
* if enough space had been available
*/
size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
/**
* Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
* allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
* following parameters are used.
* @return the allocated string
* @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
*/
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
/**
* Convert a number to a av_malloced string.
*/
char *av_d2str(double d);
/**
* Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
* and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
*
* The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
* whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
* enclosed between ''.
*
* @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
* terminating char
* @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
* @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
* the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
*/
char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
/**
* Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
* successive calls to av_strtok().
*
* A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
* set specified in delim.
*
* On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
* parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
* should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
* call.
*
* This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
*
* @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
* @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
* @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
* information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
* string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
* first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
* @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
*/
char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
*/
static inline int av_toupper(int c)
{
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
*/
static inline int av_tolower(int c)
{
if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
c ^= 0x20;
return c;
}
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
/**
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
*/
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */
+349
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
/**
* @file
* external API header
*/
/**
* @mainpage
*
* @section libav_intro Introduction
*
* This document describe the usage of the different libraries
* provided by FFmpeg.
*
* @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
* @li @subpage libavfilter graph based frame editing library
* @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
* @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
* @li @subpage libpostproc post processing library
* @li @subpage libswscale color conversion and scaling library
*
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu Common utility functions
*
* @brief
* libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg
* libraries
*
* @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include
* the specific header.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
*
* @{
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_math Maths
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_misc Other
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_internal Internal
*
* Not exported functions, for internal usage only
*
* @{
*
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
*
* String manipulation macros
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
*
* Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
* backward compatibility.
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) (a<<16 | b<<8 | c)
#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
/**
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
*
* Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
* which version of libavutil is in use.
*
* @{
*/
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 51
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 35
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
/**
* @}
*
* @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards
* Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
* They may change, break or disappear at any time.
*
* They are used mostly internally to mark code that will be removed
* on the next major version.
*
* @{
*/
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES
#define FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT
#define FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FIND_OPT
#define FF_API_FIND_OPT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK
#define FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
#define FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_ver
* @{
*/
/**
* Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned avutil_version(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
*/
const char *avutil_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libavutil license.
*/
const char *avutil_license(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
* @brief Media Type
*/
enum AVMediaType {
AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
};
/**
* Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
* is unknown.
*/
const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
/**
* @defgroup lavu_const Constants
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
*
* @note those definition should move to avcodec
* @{
*/
#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
/**
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
*
* FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Undefined timestamp value
*
* Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
* either pts or dts.
*/
#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE INT64_C(0x8000000000000000)
/**
* Internal time base represented as integer
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
/**
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
*/
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
/**
* @}
* @}
* @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
*
* AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
*
* @{
*/
enum AVPictureType {
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
};
/**
* Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
* pict_type.
*
* @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
* representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
*/
char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
/**
* @}
*/
#include "common.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "mathematics.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "intfloat_readwrite.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
*/
static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
{
return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
}
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
+65
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. ([email protected])
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
*
* @param out buffer for decoded data
* @param in null-terminated input string
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
* least 3/4 of the length of in
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
* invalid input
*/
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
/**
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
*
* @param out buffer for encoded data
* @param out_size size in bytes of the output buffer, must be at
* least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
* @param in_size size in bytes of the 'in' buffer
* @return 'out' or NULL in case of error
*/
char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
/**
* Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes.
*/
#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */
+136
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
* This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
*/
#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(size, ...) \
__VA_ARGS__ \
char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct { __VA_ARGS__ })];
/**
* Buffer to print data progressively
*
* The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
* The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
* encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
*
* Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
* memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
* after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
* declaring a local "char buf[512]".
*
* The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
* then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
* length.
*
* In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
* total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
* enough memory.
*
* Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
* allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
* is still updated. This situation can be tested with
* av_bprint_is_complete().
*
* The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
*
* size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
*
* size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
* (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
*
* size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
* such as the current paragraph.
*/
typedef struct AVBPrint {
FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(1024,
char *str; /** string so far */
unsigned len; /** length so far */
unsigned size; /** allocated memory */
unsigned size_max; /** maximum allocated memory */
char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
)
} AVBPrint;
/**
* Init a print buffer.
*
* @param buf buffer to init
* @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
* @param size_max maximum size;
* 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
* 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage
*/
void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
/**
* Convenience macros for special values for size_max.
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
/**
* Append a formated string to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
/**
* Append char c n times to a print buffer.
*/
void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
/**
* Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
*
* It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
* or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
*/
static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(AVBPrint *buf)
{
return buf->len < buf->size;
}
/**
* Finalize a print buffer.
*
* The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
* but the len and size fields are still valid.
*
* @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
* buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
* if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
* @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
*/
int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */
+109
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* byte swapping routines
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_BFIN
# include "bfin/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_SH4
# include "sh4/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/bswap.h"
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
#ifndef av_bswap16
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
{
x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
return x;
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap32
static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
{
return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
}
#endif
#ifndef av_bswap64
static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
{
return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
}
#endif
// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#else
#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
#endif
#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */
+400
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* common internal and external API header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
#else
# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
#endif
//rounded division & shift
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
/* assume b>0 */
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
/* misc math functions */
extern const uint8_t ff_log2_tab[256];
extern const uint8_t av_reverse[256];
static av_always_inline av_const int av_log2_c(unsigned int v)
{
int n = 0;
if (v & 0xffff0000) {
v >>= 16;
n += 16;
}
if (v & 0xff00) {
v >>= 8;
n += 8;
}
n += ff_log2_tab[v];
return n;
}
static av_always_inline av_const int av_log2_16bit_c(unsigned int v)
{
int n = 0;
if (v & 0xff00) {
v >>= 8;
n += 8;
}
n += ff_log2_tab[v];
return n;
}
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
# include "intmath.h"
#endif
/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
#include "common.h"
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
{
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x80) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
{
if ((a+0x8000) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
* @param a value to clip
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
{
if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF;
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
else return a;
}
/**
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
{
if (a < amin) return amin;
else if (a > amax) return amax;
else return a;
}
/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
* @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
* @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
{
return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
{
x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
x += x >> 8;
return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
}
/**
* Count number of bits set to one in x
* @param x value to count bits of
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
{
return av_popcount(x) + av_popcount(x >> 32);
}
#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
/**
* Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
* Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
* assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
* input, this could be *ptr++.
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*/
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
val= GET_BYTE;\
{\
int ones= 7 - av_log2(val ^ 255);\
if(ones==1)\
ERROR\
val&= 127>>ones;\
while(--ones > 0){\
int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\
if(tmp>>6)\
ERROR\
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
}\
}
/**
* Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
*
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
* @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
* to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
* typically a goto statement.
*/
#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
val = GET_16BIT;\
{\
unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
if (hi < 0x800) {\
val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
ERROR\
val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
}\
}\
/**
* @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_BYTE.
* @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
* It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
* For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
* executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
* 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
* Unicode character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
{\
int bytes, shift;\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x80) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_BYTE\
} else {\
bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
PUT_BYTE\
while (shift >= 6) {\
shift -= 6;\
tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
PUT_BYTE\
}\
}\
}
/**
* @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
* output by PUT_16BIT.
* @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
* in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
* as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
* PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
*/
#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
{\
uint32_t in = val;\
if (in < 0x10000) {\
tmp = in;\
PUT_16BIT\
} else {\
tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
PUT_16BIT\
tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
PUT_16BIT\
}\
}\
#include "mem.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "internal.h"
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
/*
* The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
* to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
*/
#ifndef av_log2
# define av_log2 av_log2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_log2_16bit
# define av_log2_16bit av_log2_16bit_c
#endif
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip
# define av_clip av_clip_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint8
# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int8
# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uint16
# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_int16
# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipl_int32
# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipf
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount64
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
#endif
+63
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_IWMMXT 0x0100 ///< XScale IWMMXT
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
/**
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
*/
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
/**
* Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
*/
void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
/* The following CPU-specific functions shall not be called directly. */
int ff_get_cpu_flags_arm(void);
int ff_get_cpu_flags_ppc(void);
int ff_get_cpu_flags_x86(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
+44
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
typedef enum {
AV_CRC_8_ATM,
AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
}AVCRCId;
int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t start_crc, const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
+127
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Public dictionary API.
* @deprecated
* AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
* implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
* extremely slow with large dictionaries.
* It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
* where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @brief Simple key:value store
*
* @{
* Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
* an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
* av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
* a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
* Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
* entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
* and all its contents.
*
* @code
* AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
* av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
*
* char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
* char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
* av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
*
* AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
* while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
* <....> // iterate over all entries in d
* }
*
* av_dict_free(&d);
* @endcode
*
*/
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
allocated with av_malloc() and children. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
allocated with av_malloc() and chilren. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
typedef struct {
char *key;
char *value;
} AVDictionaryEntry;
typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
/**
* Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
*
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
* @param flags Allows case as well as suffix-insensitive comparisons.
* @return Found entry or NULL, changing key or value leads to undefined behavior.
*/
AVDictionaryEntry *
av_dict_get(AVDictionary *m, const char *key, const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
/**
* Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
*
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing tag to be deleted.
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
*/
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
/**
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
* @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
* @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
* @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
* @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
*/
void av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, AVDictionary *src, int flags);
/**
* Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
* and all keys and values.
*/
void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif // AVUTIL_DICT_H
+87
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* error code definitions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
#include <errno.h>
#include "avutil.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_error
*
* @{
*/
/* error handling */
#if EDOM > 0
#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
#else
/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
#define AVERROR(e) (e)
#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
#endif
#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F')) ///< Bitstream filter not found
#define AVERROR_BUG (-MKTAG( 'B','U','G','!')) ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C')) ///< Decoder not found
#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M')) ///< Demuxer not found
#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C')) ///< Encoder not found
#define AVERROR_EOF (-MKTAG( 'E','O','F',' ')) ///< End of file
#define AVERROR_EXIT (-MKTAG( 'E','X','I','T')) ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L')) ///< Filter not found
#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA (-MKTAG( 'I','N','D','A')) ///< Invalid data found when processing input
#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X')) ///< Muxer not found
#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T')) ///< Option not found
#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME (-MKTAG( 'P','A','W','E')) ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O')) ///< Protocol not found
#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R')) ///< Stream not found
/**
* This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
* it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
*/
#define AVERROR_BUG2 (-MKTAG( 'B','U','G',' '))
#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN (-MKTAG( 'U','N','K','N')) ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
/**
* Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
* In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
* error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
* error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
*
* @param errnum error code to describe
* @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
* @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
* @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
* cannot be found
*/
int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
+146
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* simple arithmetic expression evaluator
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
#include "avutil.h"
typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
/**
* Parse and evaluate an expression.
* Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
*
* @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
* the expression, or NAN in case of error
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Parse an expression.
*
* @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
* value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
* The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
* when it is not needed anymore.
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
*
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @return the value of the expression
*/
double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
/**
* Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
*/
void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
#if FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES
/**
* @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_parse_and_eval().
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_parse_and_eval_expr(double *res, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_parse().
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_parse_expr(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
const char * const *const_names,
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_eval().
*/
attribute_deprecated
double av_eval_expr(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
/**
* @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_free().
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_free_expr(AVExpr *e);
#endif /* FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES */
/**
* Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
* the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
* an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
* floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
* returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
* of numstr.
*
* @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
* the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
* 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
* instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value for
* 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
* allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
* @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
* after the last parsed character
*/
double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
+143
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
uint8_t *buffer;
uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
uint32_t rndx, wndx;
} AVFifoBuffer;
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param size of FIFO
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
*/
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
*/
void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
*/
void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can read from it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @return size
*/
int av_fifo_size(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can write into it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
* @return size
*/
int av_fifo_space(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*/
int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
* @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
* modifiable context by the function defined in func
* @param size number of bytes to write
* @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
* the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
* func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
* indicate no more data available to write.
* If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
* @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO
*/
int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*/
int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
/**
* Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param size amount of data to read in bytes
*/
void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
/**
* Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
* The FIFO buffer is not modified.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
* @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
* than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
* point outside to the buffer data.
* The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
*/
static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
{
uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
if (ptr >= f->end)
ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
else if (ptr < f->buffer)
ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
return ptr;
}
#if FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK
/**
* @deprecated Use av_fifo_peek2() instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
static inline uint8_t av_fifo_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
{
return *av_fifo_peek2(f, offs);
}
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */
+61
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
#include "avutil.h"
/**
* @file
* Misc file utilities.
*/
/**
* Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
*
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
* @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
* corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
*/
int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
*
* @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
* by av_file_map()
*/
void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
/**
* Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
* Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
* *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
* @return file descriptor of opened file (or -1 on error)
* and opened file name in **filename.
*/
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */
+138
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
/**
* @file
* misc image utilities
*
* @addtogroup lavu_picture
* @{
*/
#include "avutil.h"
#include "pixdesc.h"
/**
* Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
* format described by pixdesc.
*
* The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
* the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
* byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
* component.
*
* @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
* for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
* components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
* component in the plane with the max pixel step.
* @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
* for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
*/
void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
/**
* Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
* width for the plane plane.
*
* @return the computed size in bytes
*/
int av_image_get_linesize(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
/**
* Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
* width width.
*
* @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
/**
* Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
* height height.
*
* @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
* @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
* error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
/**
* Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
* fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
* The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
* av_freep(&pointers[0]).
*
* @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
* error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
int w, int h, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
/**
* Copy image plane from src to dst.
* That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
* The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
* bytes.
*
* @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
* @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
*/
void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
int bytewidth, int height);
/**
* Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
*
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
*/
void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
* bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
*
* @param w the width of the picture
* @param h the height of the picture
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
int ff_set_systematic_pal2(uint32_t pal[256], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */
+73
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
*
* This file is part of Libav.
*
* Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
union av_intfloat32 {
uint32_t i;
float f;
};
union av_intfloat64 {
uint64_t i;
double f;
};
/**
* Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
*/
static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
{
union av_intfloat32 v = { .i = i };
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
{
union av_intfloat32 v = { .f = f };
return v.i;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
*/
static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
{
union av_intfloat64 v = { .i = i };
return v.f;
}
/**
* Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
*/
static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
{
union av_intfloat64 v = { .f = f };
return v.i;
}
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/* IEEE 80 bits extended float */
typedef struct AVExtFloat {
uint8_t exponent[2];
uint8_t mantissa[8];
} AVExtFloat;
attribute_deprecated double av_int2dbl(int64_t v) av_const;
attribute_deprecated float av_int2flt(int32_t v) av_const;
attribute_deprecated double av_ext2dbl(const AVExtFloat ext) av_const;
attribute_deprecated int64_t av_dbl2int(double d) av_const;
attribute_deprecated int32_t av_flt2int(float d) av_const;
attribute_deprecated AVExtFloat av_dbl2ext(double d) av_const;
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "attributes.h"
#include "bswap.h"
typedef union {
uint64_t u64;
uint32_t u32[2];
uint16_t u16[4];
uint8_t u8 [8];
double f64;
float f32[2];
} av_alias av_alias64;
typedef union {
uint32_t u32;
uint16_t u16[2];
uint8_t u8 [4];
float f32;
} av_alias av_alias32;
typedef union {
uint16_t u16;
uint8_t u8 [2];
} av_alias av_alias16;
/*
* Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
* AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
* Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
* as inline functions.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_MIPS
# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_PPC
# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_TOMI
# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
/*
* Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
*/
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
# endif
#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
# endif
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
# endif
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
# endif
#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
/*
* Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
* by per-arch headers.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
#elif defined(__DECC)
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
#else
#ifndef AV_RB16
# define AV_RB16(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16
# define AV_WB16(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL16
# define AV_RL16(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16
# define AV_WL16(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB32
# define AV_RB32(x) \
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32
# define AV_WB32(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL32
# define AV_RL32(x) \
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32
# define AV_WL32(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB64
# define AV_RB64(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64
# define AV_WB64(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64
# define AV_RL64(x) \
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64
# define AV_WL64(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
} while(0)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
#else
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
#endif
#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
#ifndef AV_RN16
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN32
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN64
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN16
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN32
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN64
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
#else
# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
#endif
#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
#ifndef AV_RB16
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL16
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB32
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL32
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB64
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB24
# define AV_RB24(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB24
# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
} while(0)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL24
# define AV_RL24(x) \
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL24
# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
} while(0)
#endif
/*
* The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
* in a type-safe way.
*/
#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
#ifndef AV_RN16A
# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN32A
# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RN64A
# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN16A
# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN32A
# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WN64A
# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
#endif
/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
* naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
* so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
* afterwards.
*/
#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
(((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
#ifndef AV_COPY16
# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY32
# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY64
# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
#endif
#ifndef AV_COPY128
# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
do { \
AV_COPY64(d, s); \
AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
} while(0)
#endif
#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
#ifndef AV_SWAP64
# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
#endif
#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
#ifndef AV_ZERO16
# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO32
# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO64
# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
#endif
#ifndef AV_ZERO128
# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
do { \
AV_ZERO64(d); \
AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
} while(0)
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */
+62
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
* Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
* Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
typedef struct {
unsigned int state[64];
int index;
} AVLFG;
void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
/**
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
*
* Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
* it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
*/
static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
}
/**
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
*
* Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
*/
static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
}
/**
* Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
* generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
*
* @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
*/
void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */
+182
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#include "avutil.h"
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
* arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
* AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
*/
typedef struct AVClass {
/**
* The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
* context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
*/
const char* class_name;
/**
* A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
* instance ctx associated with the class.
*/
const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
/**
* a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
*
* @see av_set_default_options()
*/
const struct AVOption *option;
/**
* LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
* This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
* version bumps everywhere.
*/
int version;
/**
* Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
* 0 means there is no such variable
*/
int log_level_offset_offset;
/**
* Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for loging is stored.
* for example a decoder that uses eval.c could pass its AVCodecContext to eval as such
* parent context. And a av_log() implementation could then display the parent context
* can be NULL of course
*/
int parent_log_context_offset;
/**
* Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
/**
* Return an AVClass corresponding to next potential
* AVOptions-enabled child.
*
* The difference between child_next and this is that
* child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
* child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
*/
const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
} AVClass;
/* av_log API */
#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
/**
* Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
*/
#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
/**
* Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
* For example, no header was found for a format which depends
* on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
*/
#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
/**
* Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
* However, not all future data is affected.
*/
#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
/**
* Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
* lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
*/
#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
/**
* Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
*/
#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
/**
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different av_vlog callback
* function.
*
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
* @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
* higher importance.
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
* @see av_vlog
*/
void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list);
int av_log_get_level(void);
void av_log_set_level(int);
void av_log_set_callback(void (*)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
void av_log_default_callback(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl);
const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
/**
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
* @param line buffer to receive the formated line
* @param line_size size of the buffer
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
*/
void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
/**
* av_dlog macros
* Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
*/
#ifdef DEBUG
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
#else
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#endif
/**
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
* (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
* "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
* bad luck.
* Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
* call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
*/
#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
+77
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
* LZO 1x decompression
* copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
/**
* @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
*
* @{
*/
#include <stdint.h>
/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
* @{ */
/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1
/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2
/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8
/** @} */
#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8
#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
/**
* @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
* @param out output buffer
* @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
* @param in input buffer
* @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
* @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
*
* Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
* AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
*/
int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
/**
* @brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
* @param dst destination buffer; must be padded with 12 additional bytes
* @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
* @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
*
* cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
*/
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <math.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "rational.h"
#ifndef M_E
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN2
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN10
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LOG2_10
#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PHI
#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT2
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef NAN
#define NAN (0.0/0.0)
#endif
#ifndef INFINITY
#define INFINITY (1.0/0.0)
#endif
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* @{
*/
enum AVRounding {
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
};
/**
* Return the greatest common divisor of a and b.
* If both a and b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is
* undefined.
*/
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
*/
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
/**
* Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
* is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
* @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
*/
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
/**
* Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
* That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
* significant log2(mod) bits are known.
*
* @param mod must be a power of 2
* @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
* a positive value if a is greater than b
* 0 if a equals b
*/
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
+46
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_md5_size;
struct AVMD5;
void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
+188
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* memory handling functions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
#include "attributes.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "avutil.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
* @{
*/
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
#else
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
#define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
#else
#define av_malloc_attrib
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
#define av_alloc_size(n) __attribute__((alloc_size(n)))
#else
#define av_alloc_size(n)
#endif
/**
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
* be allocated.
* @see av_mallocz()
*/
void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL.
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated.
* @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
* @see av_fast_realloc()
*/
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
* - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
* integer overflow.
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
* leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
*/
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
* av_realloc().
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
* @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
* @see av_freep()
*/
void av_free(void *ptr);
/**
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
* zero all the bytes of the block.
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
* @see av_malloc()
*/
void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
* zero all the bytes of the block.
* The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
* to INT_MAX.
* @param nmemb
* @param size
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
*/
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate the string s.
* @param s string to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated string containing a
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
*/
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
* av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
* be freed.
* @see av_free()
*/
void av_freep(void *ptr);
/**
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
*
* @param tab_ptr Pointer to the array.
* @param nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array.
* @param elem Element to be added.
*/
void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
/**
* Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
* @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
*/
static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
{
size_t t = a * b;
/* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
* are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
return AVERROR(EINVAL);
*r = t;
return 0;
}
/**
* Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
*/
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
+603
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
/*
* AVOptions
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
/**
* @file
* AVOptions
*/
#include "rational.h"
#include "avutil.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "log.h"
/**
* @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
* @ingroup lavu_data
* @{
* AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
* ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
* values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
*
* @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
* This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
*
* All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
* the first member of the struct must be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
* The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
* of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
* value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
* also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
* associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
* should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
*
* The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
* @code
* typedef struct test_struct {
* AVClass *class;
* int int_opt;
* char *str_opt;
* uint8_t *bin_opt;
* int bin_len;
* } test_struct;
*
* static const AVOption options[] = {
* { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
* { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
* { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
* AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
* { NULL },
* };
*
* static const AVClass test_class = {
* .class_name = "test class",
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
* .option = options,
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
* };
* @endcode
*
* Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
* is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() must be called to
* initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
* AVOptions API.
*
* When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
* free all the allocated string and binary options.
*
* Continuing with the above example:
*
* @code
* test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
* {
* test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret));
* ret->class = &test_class;
* av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
* return ret;
* }
* void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
* {
* av_opt_free(*foo);
* av_freep(foo);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
* It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
* AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
* libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
* codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
* parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
* implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
* parent struct's AVClass.
* Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
* child_struct field:
*
* @code
* typedef struct child_struct {
* AVClass *class;
* int flags_opt;
* } child_struct;
* static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
* { NULL },
* };
* static const AVClass child_class = {
* .class_name = "child class",
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
* .option = child_opts,
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
* };
*
* void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
* {
* test_struct *t = obj;
* if (!prev && t->child_struct)
* return t->child_struct;
* return NULL
* }
* const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
* {
* return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
* }
* @endcode
* Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
* test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
* test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
* child_struct right after it is created).
*
* From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
* and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
* iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
* iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
* was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
* child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
* iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
* iterate over all available codecs with private options.
*
* @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
* It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
* field of the option the constants should apply to to a string and
* create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
* with their unit field set to the same string.
* Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
* constant.
* For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
* above, put the following into the child_opts array:
* @code
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
* { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
* @endcode
*
* @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
* This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
* Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
* AVFormatContext in libavformat.
*
* @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
* The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
* over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
* for an option with the given name.
*
* The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
* may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
* to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
*
* For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
* get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
* (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
* av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
* second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
* children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
* from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
* av_opt_next() on each result).
*
* @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
* When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
* user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
* non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
* option type.
*
* Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
* which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
* have to free it with av_free().
*
* In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
* AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
* are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
* filled with option as a parameter. This allows to set some options
* that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
* before the file is actually opened.
*/
enum AVOptionType{
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0,
FF_OPT_TYPE_INT,
FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128,
#endif
};
/**
* AVOption
*/
typedef struct AVOption {
const char *name;
/**
* short English help text
* @todo What about other languages?
*/
const char *help;
/**
* The offset relative to the context structure where the option
* value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
*/
int offset;
enum AVOptionType type;
/**
* the default value for scalar options
*/
union {
double dbl;
const char *str;
/* TODO those are unused now */
int64_t i64;
AVRational q;
} default_val;
double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
int flags;
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
/**
* The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
* options and corresponding named constants share the same
* unit. May be NULL.
*/
const char *unit;
} AVOption;
#if FF_API_FIND_OPT
/**
* Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which
* have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is,
* for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags).
*
* @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a
* pointer to an AVClass
* @param[in] name the name of the option to look for
* @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL
* @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
* has been found
*
* @deprecated use av_opt_find.
*/
attribute_deprecated
const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags);
#endif
#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
/**
* Set the field of obj with the given name to value.
*
* @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an
* AVClass.
* @param[in] name the name of the field to set
* @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string
* type, then the given string is parsed.
* SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
* If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
* scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
* is undefined.
* If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
* scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
* with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
* similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
* @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption
* found
* @param alloc this parameter is currently ignored
* @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
* error:
* AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
* AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
* @deprecated use av_opt_set()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out);
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n);
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n);
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n);
double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
attribute_deprecated const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len);
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last);
#endif
/**
* Show the obj options.
*
* @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
* @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
* @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
*/
int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
/**
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
*
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
*/
void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
attribute_deprecated
void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
#endif
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
* found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
* key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
* AVOptions.
*
* @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
* separate key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*/
int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Free all string and binary options in obj.
*/
void av_opt_free(void *obj);
/**
* Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
*
* @param field_name the name of the flag field option
* @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
* @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
* isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
*/
int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
/*
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
/**
* @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
* @{
* This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
* and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
* except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
* @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
* @param val string to be evaluated.
* @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
*/
int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
/**
* @}
*/
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN 0x0001 /**< Search in possible children of the
given object first. */
/**
* The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
* instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
* useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
* object.
*/
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ 0x0002
/**
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
* have all the specified flags set.
*
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
* pointer to an AVClass.
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
* it belongs to.
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
*
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
* was found.
*
* @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
* directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options
* AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
* flag.
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
int opt_flags, int search_flags);
/**
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
* have all the specified flags set.
*
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
* pointer to an AVClass.
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
* it belongs to.
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
* @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
* written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
* in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
*
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
* was found.
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
/**
* Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
*
* @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
* AVClass describing it.
* @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
* or NULL
* @return next AVOption or NULL
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_next(void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
/**
* Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
*
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
* @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
/**
* Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
*
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
* @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
*/
const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
/**
* @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
* @{
* Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
*
* @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
* @param[in] name the name of the field to set
* @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
* of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
* SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
* If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
* scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
* is undefined.
* If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
* scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
* with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
* similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
* @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
* is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
*
* @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
* error:
* AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
* AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
*/
int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
* @{
* Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
*
* @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
* @param[in] name name of the option to get.
* @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
* is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
* @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
* @return 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
/**
* @note the returned string will av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
*/
int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
int av_opt_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
* This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
* renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
*
* @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
* or written to.
*/
void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */
+124
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
#include <time.h>
#include "rational.h"
/**
* @file
* misc parsing utilities
*/
/**
* Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
*
* @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
* width value
* @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
* height value
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
/**
* Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
*
* @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
* frame rate
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
* rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
/**
* Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
*
* @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
* a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
* possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
* component.
* The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
* hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
* represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
* 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
* If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
* The string "random" will result in a random color.
* @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
* color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
* containing nothing else than the color.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
* failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
*/
int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
void *log_ctx);
/**
* Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
* microseconds.
*
* @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
* to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
* is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
* the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
* January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
* be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
* @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
* - If a date the syntax is:
* @code
* [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]}|{HH[MM[SS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
* now
* @endcode
* If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
* Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
* interpreted as UTC.
* If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
* year-month-day.
* - If a duration the syntax is:
* @code
* [-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
* [-]S+[.m...]
* @endcode
* @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
* zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
* @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
/**
* Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
*
* syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
* Return 1 if found.
*/
int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
/**
* Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
*/
time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */
+177
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/*
* pixel format descriptor
* Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include "pixfmt.h"
typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor{
uint16_t plane :2; ///< which of the 4 planes contains the component
/**
* Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels minus 1.
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
*/
uint16_t step_minus1 :3;
/**
* Number of elements before the component of the first pixel plus 1.
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
*/
uint16_t offset_plus1 :3;
uint16_t shift :3; ///< number of least significant bits that must be shifted away to get the value
uint16_t depth_minus1 :4; ///< number of bits in the component minus 1
}AVComponentDescriptor;
/**
* Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
* stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
* subsampling factors and number of components.
*
* @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
* and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
* are stored not what these values represent.
*/
typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor{
const char *name;
uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
/**
* Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w)
/**
* Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
uint8_t flags;
/**
* Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. If the format
* has chroma components, they must be stored in comp[1] and
* comp[2].
*/
AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
}AVPixFmtDescriptor;
#define PIX_FMT_BE 1 ///< Pixel format is big-endian.
#define PIX_FMT_PAL 2 ///< Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
#define PIX_FMT_BITSTREAM 4 ///< All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
#define PIX_FMT_HWACCEL 8 ///< Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
#define PIX_FMT_PLANAR 16 ///< At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane
#define PIX_FMT_RGB 32 ///< The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale)
/**
* The array of all the pixel format descriptors.
*/
extern const AVPixFmtDescriptor av_pix_fmt_descriptors[];
/**
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
* pixel format component c to dst.
*
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
* values to write to dst
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
*/
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
/**
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
* image line.
*
* @param src array containing the values to write
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
* values to write to the image line
*/
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w);
/**
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
*
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
* format of name.
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
* then for "gray16le".
*
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns PIX_FMT_NONE.
*/
enum PixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
* unknown.
*
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
*/
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
* number pix_fmt, or an header if pix_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
*/
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string (char *buf, int buf_size, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
* described by pixdesc.
*
* The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
* used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
* not counted.
*/
int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
+227
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
/*
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
/**
* @file
* pixel format definitions
*
*/
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
/**
* Pixel format.
*
* @note
* PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
* color is put together as:
* (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
* This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
* big-endian CPUs.
*
* @par
* When the pixel format is palettized RGB (PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
* image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
* AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
* formatted the same as in PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
* also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB palette
* components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
* This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
* to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
*
* @par
* For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
* for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
* allocating the picture.
*
* @note
* make sure that all newly added big endian formats have pix_fmt&1==1
* and that all newly added little endian formats have pix_fmt&1==0
* this allows simpler detection of big vs little endian.
*/
enum PixelFormat {
PIX_FMT_NONE= -1,
PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0
PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0
PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1
PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1
PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0
PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0
PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1
PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1
PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
//the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus
//If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored seperately
//is better
PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
#endif
PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big endian
PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little endian
PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big endian
PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little endian
PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big endian
PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little endian
#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
#endif
PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB...
PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0...
PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR...
PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0...
PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
};
#define PIX_FMT_Y400A PIX_FMT_GRAY8A
#define PIX_FMT_GBR24P PIX_FMT_GBRP
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) PIX_FMT_##be
#else
# define PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) PIX_FMT_##le
#endif
#define PIX_FMT_RGB32 PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
#define PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
#define PIX_FMT_BGR32 PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
#define PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
#define PIX_FMT_0RGB32 PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
#define PIX_FMT_0BGR32 PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
#define PIX_FMT_GRAY16 PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
#define PIX_FMT_RGB48 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
#define PIX_FMT_RGB565 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
#define PIX_FMT_RGB555 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
#define PIX_FMT_RGB444 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
#define PIX_FMT_BGR48 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
#define PIX_FMT_BGR565 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
#define PIX_FMT_BGR555 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
#define PIX_FMT_BGR444 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
#define PIX_FMT_RGBA64 PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
#define PIX_FMT_BGRA64 PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
#define PIX_FMT_GBRP9 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
#define PIX_FMT_GBRP10 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
#define PIX_FMT_GBRP16 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
/**
* Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
* This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
* Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
* It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
* PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
*/
uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */
+144
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/*
* rational numbers
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* rational numbers
* @author Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* @{
*/
/**
* rational number numerator/denominator
*/
typedef struct AVRational{
int num; ///< numerator
int den; ///< denominator
} AVRational;
/**
* Compare two rationals.
* @param a first rational
* @param b second rational
* @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the
* values is of the form 0/0
*/
static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
if(tmp) return ((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
else return INT_MIN;
}
/**
* Convert rational to double.
* @param a rational to convert
* @return (double) a
*/
static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
return a.num / (double) a.den;
}
/**
* Reduce a fraction.
* This is useful for framerate calculations.
* @param dst_num destination numerator
* @param dst_den destination denominator
* @param num source numerator
* @param den source denominator
* @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den
* @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise
*/
int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
/**
* Multiply two rationals.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b*c
*/
AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Divide one rational by another.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b/c
*/
AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Add two rationals.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b+c
*/
AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Subtract one rational from another.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @return b-c
*/
AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
* inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign.
*
* @param d double to convert
* @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @return (AVRational) d
*/
AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
/**
* @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer
* than q1, 0 if they have the same distance.
*/
int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
/**
* Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
* @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
* @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
*/
int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
+156
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
#include "avutil.h"
/**
* all in native-endian format
*/
enum AVSampleFormat {
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
};
/**
* Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
* recognized.
*/
const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
* on error.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
* requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
* input.
*/
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
/**
* Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
* sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
* @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
* unknown or in case of other errors
*/
char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
#if FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT
/**
* @deprecated Use av_get_bytes_per_sample() instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_bits_per_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
#endif
/**
* Return number of bytes per sample.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
* sample format
*/
int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Check if the sample format is planar.
*
* @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
* @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
*/
int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
/**
* Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
*
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
*/
int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Fill channel data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
* format sample_fmt.
*
* The pointers array is filled with the pointers to the samples data:
* for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
* for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
*
* The linesize array is filled with the aligned size of each channel's data
* buffer for planar layout, or the aligned size of the buffer for all channels
* for packed layout.
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize
* @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
* @param align buffer size alignment (1 = no alignment required)
* @return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, uint8_t *buf,
int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
/**
* Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
* linesize accordingly.
* The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
*
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
* @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s)
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
* @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
* @param align buffer size alignment (1 = no alignment required)
* @return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure
* @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
*/
int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
+66
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
extern const int av_sha_size;
struct AVSHA;
/**
* Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
*
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
* @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
*/
int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */
+138
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <[email protected]>
* Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Timecode helpers header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "rational.h"
#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 16
#define AV_TIMECODE_OPTION(ctx, string_field, flags) \
"timecode", "set timecode value following hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff format, " \
"use ';' or '.' before frame number for drop frame", \
offsetof(ctx, string_field), \
AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, {.str=NULL}, CHAR_MIN, CHAR_MAX, flags
enum AVTimecodeFlag {
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed
};
typedef struct {
int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number)
uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ...
AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form
unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field
} AVTimecode;
/**
* Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code.
*
* @param framenum frame number to adjust
* @return adjusted frame number
* @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97
*/
int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum(int framenum);
/**
* Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
*
* @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
* @param framenum frame number
* @return the SMPTE binary representation
*
* @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode,
* you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum().
* @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
* @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity
* correction (PC) bits are set to zero.
*/
uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum);
/**
* Load timecode string in buf.
*
* @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
* @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
* @param framenum frame number
* @return the buf parameter
*
* @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than
* 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set.
* @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
*/
char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum);
/**
* Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
*
* @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
* @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
* @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
* is arbitrary
* @return the buf parameter
*/
char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df);
/**
* Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format).
*
* @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
* @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode
* @return the buf parameter
*/
char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit);
/**
* Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters.
*
* @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
* is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
* @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
* @param rate frame rate in rational form
* @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
* (see AVTimecodeFlag)
* @param frame_start the first frame number
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
*/
int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff).
*
* @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
* pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log).
* @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
* @param rate frame rate in rational form
* @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
*/
int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
#include "common.h"
#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp
* representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param ts the timestamp to represent
* @return the buffer in input
*/
static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
{
if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%"PRId64"", ts);
return buf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts)
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time
* representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param ts the timestamp to represent
* @param tb the timebase of the timestamp
* @return the buffer in input
*/
static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb)
{
if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts);
return buf;
}
/**
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
*/
#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb)
#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
*
* This file is part of libswresample
*
* libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* libswresample public header
*/
#ifndef SWR_H
#define SWR_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 0
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 6
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
#define SWR_CH_MAX 16 ///< Maximum number of channels
#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate
//TODO use int resample ?
//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically?
struct SwrContext;
/**
* Allocate SwrContext.
*
* If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or
* with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init().
*
* @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free()
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
*/
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize context after user parameters have been set.
*
* @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
*/
int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s);
/**
* Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
*
* This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
* other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters
* on the allocated context.
*
* @param s Swr context, can be NULL
* @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
* @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
* @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
* @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
* @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
* @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
* @param log_offset logging level offset
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
*
* @see swr_init(), swr_free()
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
*/
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s,
int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate,
int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate,
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL.
*/
void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s);
/**
* Convert audio.
*
* in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the
* end.
*
* @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set
* @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio
* @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel
* @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio
* @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel
*
* @return number of samples output per channel
*/
int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t *out[SWR_CH_MAX], int out_count,
const uint8_t *in [SWR_CH_MAX], int in_count);
/**
* Activate resampling compensation.
*/
int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance);
/**
* Set a customized input channel mapping.
*
* @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
* @param channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel
* indexes, -1 for a muted channel)
* @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
*/
int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
/**
* Return the LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned swresample_version(void);
/**
* Return the swr build-time configuration.
*/
const char *swresample_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the swr license.
*/
const char *swresample_license(void);
#endif
+363
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
/**
* @file
* @brief
* external api for the swscale stuff
*/
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 2
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 1
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT
#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION)
/**
* Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
* They may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT
#define FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS
#define FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME
#define FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
#endif
/**
* Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
*/
unsigned swscale_version(void);
/**
* Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
*/
const char *swscale_configuration(void);
/**
* Return the libswscale license.
*/
const char *swscale_license(void);
/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */
#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1
#define SWS_BILINEAR 2
#define SWS_BICUBIC 4
#define SWS_X 8
#define SWS_POINT 0x10
#define SWS_AREA 0x20
#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40
#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80
#define SWS_SINC 0x100
#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200
#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16
#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456
#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
//internal chrominace subsampling info
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
//input subsampling info
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000
#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000
#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000
#if FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS
/**
* CPU caps are autodetected now, those flags
* are only provided for API compatibility.
*/
#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000
#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000
#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000
#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000
#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN 0x01000000
#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_SSE2 0x02000000
#endif
#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002
#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1
#define SWS_CS_FCC 4
#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5
#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
/**
* Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
* suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
*
* @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
* SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
*/
const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace);
// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
typedef struct {
double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients
int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector
} SwsVector;
// vectors can be shared
typedef struct {
SwsVector *lumH;
SwsVector *lumV;
SwsVector *chrH;
SwsVector *chrV;
} SwsFilter;
struct SwsContext;
/**
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
* otherwise.
*/
int sws_isSupportedInput(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
* otherwise.
*/
int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
* sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
* sws_setColorspaceDetails().
*/
struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void);
/**
* Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
*
* @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
* error
*/
int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter);
/**
* Free the swscaler context swsContext.
* If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
*/
void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
#if FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT
/**
* Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform
* scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
*
* @param srcW the width of the source image
* @param srcH the height of the source image
* @param srcFormat the source image format
* @param dstW the width of the destination image
* @param dstH the height of the destination image
* @param dstFormat the destination image format
* @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
* @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
* @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
* written
* @deprecated Use sws_getCachedContext() instead.
*/
struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum PixelFormat srcFormat,
int dstW, int dstH, enum PixelFormat dstFormat,
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
#endif
/**
* Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
* slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
* rows in an image.
*
* Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
* top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
* non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
*
* @param c the scaling context previously created with
* sws_getContext()
* @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of
* the source slice
* @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
* the source image
* @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
* process, that is the number (counted starting from
* zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
* @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
* of rows in the slice
* @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of
* the destination image
* @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
* the destination image
* @return the height of the output slice
*/
int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[],
const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
/**
* @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
* @return -1 if not supported
*/
int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4],
int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange,
int brightness, int contrast, int saturation);
/**
* @return -1 if not supported
*/
int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table,
int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange,
int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation);
/**
* Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
*/
SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
/**
* Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
* quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
*/
SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
/**
* Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all
* with the same value c.
*/
SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
/**
* Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with
* value 1.0.
*/
SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
/**
* Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
*/
void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
/**
* Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
*/
void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
/**
* Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
* with the same coefficients as a.
*/
SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
/**
* Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
* if log_level <= av_log_level.
*/
void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);
SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur,
float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen,
float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift,
int verbose);
void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter);
/**
* Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one.
*
* If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
* context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
* saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
* context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
* the new parameters.
*
* Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
* are assumed to remain the same.
*/
struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
int srcW, int srcH, enum PixelFormat srcFormat,
int dstW, int dstH, enum PixelFormat dstFormat,
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
/**
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits.
*
* The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
*
* @param src source frame buffer
* @param dst destination frame buffer
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
*/
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
/**
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
*
* With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
*
* @param src source frame buffer
* @param dst destination frame buffer
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
*/
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
/**
* Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
*
* @see av_opt_find().
*/
const AVClass *sws_get_class(void);
#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+64 -96
View File
@@ -1,96 +1,64 @@
Libpng 1.5.1 - February 3, 2011
This is a public release of libpng, intended for use in production codes.
Files available for download:
Source files with LF line endings (for Unix/Linux) and with a
"configure" script
libpng-1.5.1.tar.xz (LZMA-compressed, recommended)
libpng-1.5.1.tar.gz
libpng-1.5.1.tar.bz2
Source files with CRLF line endings (for Windows), without the
"configure" script
lpng151.7z (LZMA-compressed, recommended)
lpng151.zip
Other information:
libpng-1.5.1-README.txt
libpng-1.5.1-LICENSE.txt
Changes since the last public release (1.5.0):
Added description of png_set_crc_action() to the manual.
Added a note in the manual that the type of the iCCP profile was changed
from png_charpp to png_bytepp in png_get_iCCP(). Similarly,
it was changed from png_charpp to png_const_bytepp in png_set_iCCP().
Ensure that png_rgb_to_gray ignores palette mapped images, if libpng
internally happens to call it with one.
Fixed the failure to handle palette mapped images correctly.
Fixed a bug in handling of interlaced images (bero at arklinux.org).
Updated CMakeLists.txt (Clifford Yapp)
Fixed typecasting of some png_debug() statements (Cosmin)
Updated documentation of png_set|get_tRNS() (Thomas Klausner).
Mentioned in the documentation that applications must #include "zlib.h"
if they need access to anything in zlib.h, and that a number of
macros such as png_memset() are no longer accessible by applications.
Corrected pngvalid gamma test "sample" function to access all of the color
samples of each pixel, instead of sampling the red channel three times.
Changed variable names index, div, exp, and gamma to char_index, divisor,
exp_b10, and gamma_val, respectively, to avoid "shadow" warnings.
Prevent png_push_crc_skip() from hanging while reading an unknown chunk
or an over-large compressed zTXt chunk with the progressive reader.
Eliminated more GCC "shadow" warnings.
Revised png_fixed() in png.c to avoid compiler warning about reaching the
end without returning anything.
In the manual, describe the png_get_IHDR() arguments in the correct order.
Added const_png_structp and const_png_infop types, and used them in
prototypes for most png_get_*() functions.
Added png_get_io_chunk_type() and deprecated png_get_io_chunk_name()
Added synopses for the IO_STATE functions and other missing synopses
to the manual. Removed the synopses from libpngpf.3 because they
were out of date and no longer useful. Better information can be
obtained by reading the prototypes and comments in pngpriv.h
Attempted to fix cpp on Solaris with S. Studio 12 cc, fix build
Added a make macro DFNCPP that is a CPP that will accept the tokens in
a .dfn file and adds configure stuff to test for such a CPP. ./configure
should fail if one is not available.
Corrected const_png_ in png.h to png_const_ to avoid polluting the namespace.
Added png_get_current_row_number and png_get_current_pass_number for the
benefit of the user transform callback.
Added png_process_data_pause and png_process_data_skip for the benefit of
progressive readers that need to stop data processing or want to optimize
skipping of unread data (e.g. if the reader marks a chunk to be skipped.)
Enhanced pngvalid, corrected an error in gray_to_rgb, corrected doc error.
pngvalid contains tests of transforms, which tests are currently disabled
because they are incompletely tested. gray_to_rgb was failing to expand
the bit depth for smaller bit depth images; this seems to be a long
standing error and resulted, apparently, in invalid output. The
documentation did not accurately describe what libpng really does when
converting RGB to gray.
Fixed incorrect examples of callback prototypes in the manual, that were
introduced in libpng-1.0.0.
In addition the order of the png_get_uint macros with respect to the
relevant function definitions has been reversed. This helps the
preprocessing of the symbol files be more robust. Furthermore, the
symbol file preprocessing now uses -DPNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS even when
the library may actually be built with PNG_USE_READ_MACROS; this stops
the read macros interfering with the symbol file format.
Made the manual, synopses, and function prototypes use the function
argument names file_gamma, int_file_gamma, and srgb_intent consistently.
Changed PNG_UNUSED from "param=param;" to "(void)param;".
Added transform tests to pngvalid and simplified the arguments.
Added a request in the manual that applications do not use "png_" or
"PNG_" to begin any of their own symbols.
Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
(subscription required; visit
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe) or to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
Glenn R-P
Libpng 1.5.10 - March 29, 2012
This is a public release of libpng, intended for use in production codes.
Files available for download:
Source files with LF line endings (for Unix/Linux) and with a
"configure" script
libpng-1.5.10.tar.xz (LZMA-compressed, recommended)
libpng-1.5.10.tar.gz
libpng-1.5.10.tar.bz2
Source files with CRLF line endings (for Windows), without the
"configure" script
lpng1510.7z (LZMA-compressed, recommended)
lpng1510.zip
Other information:
libpng-1.5.10-README.txt
libpng-1.5.10-LICENSE.txt
Changes since the last public release (1.5.9):
Removed two useless #ifdef directives from pngread.c and one from pngrutil.c
Always put the CMAKE_LIBRARY in "lib" (removed special WIN32 case).
Removed empty vstudio/pngstest directory (Clifford Yapp).
Eliminated redundant png_push_read_tEXt|zTXt|iTXt|unknown code from
pngpread.c and use the sequential png_handle_tEXt, etc., in pngrutil.c;
now that png_ptr->buffer is inaccessible to applications, the special
handling is no longer useful.
Fixed bug with png_handle_hIST with odd chunk length (Frank Busse).
Added PNG_SAFE_LIMITS feature to pnglibconf.dfa and code in pngconf.h
to reset the user limits to safe ones if PNG_SAFE_LIMITS is defined.
To enable, use "CPPFLAGS=-DPNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED" on the configure
command or put "#define PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED" in pnglibconf.h.
Revised the SAFE_LIMITS feature to be the same as the feature in libpng16.
Added information about the new limits in the manual.
Updated Makefile.in
Removed unused "current_text" members of png_struct and the png_free()
of png_ptr->current_text from pngread.c
Fixed PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE definition.
Fixed CMF optimization of non-IDAT compressed chunks, which was added at
libpng-1.5.4. It sometimes produced too small of a window.
Reject all iCCP chunks after the first, even if the first one is invalid.
Added palette-index checking. Issue a png_benign_error() if an invalid
index is found.
Revised example.c to put text strings in a temporary character array
instead of directly assigning string constants to png_textp members.
This avoids compiler warnings when -Wwrite-strings is enabled.
Prevent PNG_EXPAND+PNG_SHIFT doing the shift twice.
Revised png_set_text_2() to avoid potential memory corruption (fixes
CVE-2011-3048).
Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
(subscription required; visit
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe)
or to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
Glenn R-P
+3864 -3253
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+102 -164
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
# CMakeLists.txt
# Copyright (C) 2007-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
# This code is released under the libpng license.
# For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
# and license in png.h
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.4.4)
set(CMAKE_ALLOW_LOOSE_LOOP_CONSTRUCTS true)
@@ -25,15 +33,9 @@ endif()
project(libpng C)
enable_testing()
# Copyright (C) 2007-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
# This code is released under the libpng license.
# For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
# and license in png.h
set(PNGLIB_MAJOR 1)
set(PNGLIB_MINOR 5)
set(PNGLIB_RELEASE 1)
set(PNGLIB_RELEASE 10)
set(PNGLIB_NAME libpng${PNGLIB_MAJOR}${PNGLIB_MINOR})
set(PNGLIB_VERSION ${PNGLIB_MAJOR}.${PNGLIB_MINOR}.${PNGLIB_RELEASE})
@@ -67,39 +69,11 @@ else()
option(PNG_STATIC "Build static lib" ON)
endif()
if(MINGW)
option(PNG_TESTS "Build pngtest" NO)
else()
option(PNG_TESTS "Build pngtest" YES)
endif()
option(PNG_TESTS "Build libpng tests" YES)
option(PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO "FIXME" YES)
option(PNG_NO_STDIO "FIXME" YES)
# Many more configuration options could be added here
option(PNG_DEBUG "Build with debug output" NO)
option(PNGARG "FIXME" YES)
#TODO:
# PNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED
# maybe needs improving, but currently I don't know when we can enable what :)
set(png_asm_tmp "OFF")
if(NOT WIN32)
find_program(uname_executable NAMES uname PATHS /bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin)
if(uname_executable)
exec_program(${uname_executable}
ARGS --machine OUTPUT_VARIABLE uname_output)
if("uname_output" MATCHES "^.*i[1-9]86.*$")
set(png_asm_tmp "ON")
else("uname_output" MATCHES "^.*i[1-9]86.*$")
set(png_asm_tmp "OFF")
endif("uname_output" MATCHES "^.*i[1-9]86.*$")
endif(uname_executable)
else()
# this env var is normally only set on win64
set(TEXT "ProgramFiles(x86)")
if("$ENV{${TEXT}}" STREQUAL "")
set(png_asm_tmp "ON")
endif("$ENV{${TEXT}}" STREQUAL "")
endif()
option(PNGARG "Disable ANSI-C prototypes" NO)
# SET LIBNAME
set(PNG_LIB_NAME png${PNGLIB_MAJOR}${PNGLIB_MINOR})
@@ -108,6 +82,9 @@ set(PNG_LIB_NAME png${PNGLIB_MAJOR}${PNGLIB_MINOR})
set(CMAKE_DEBUG_POSTFIX "d")
# Use the prebuilt pnglibconf.h file from the scripts folder
# TODO: fix this by building with awk; without this no cmake build can be
# configured directly (to do so indirectly use your local awk to build a
# pnglibconf.h in the build directory.)
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/pnglibconf.h)
include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
@@ -143,44 +120,21 @@ set(libpng_sources
set(pngtest_sources
pngtest.c
)
set(pngvalid_sources
contrib/libtests/pngvalid.c
)
# SOME NEEDED DEFINITIONS
add_definitions(-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG)
if(_AIX)
add_definitions(-D_ALL_SOURCE)
endif(_AIX)
if(MSVC)
add_definitions(-DPNG_NO_MODULEDEF -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
add_definitions(-D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
endif(MSVC)
if(PNG_SHARED OR NOT MSVC)
#if building msvc static this has NOT to be defined
add_definitions(-DZLIB_DLL)
endif()
if(PNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED)
add_definitions(-DPNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED)
endif()
if(PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO)
add_definitions(-DPNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO)
endif()
if(PNG_NO_STDIO)
add_definitions(-DPNG_NO_STDIO)
endif()
if(PNG_DEBUG)
add_definitions(-DPNG_DEBUG)
endif()
if(NOT M_LIBRARY AND NOT WIN32)
add_definitions(-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED)
endif()
# NOW BUILD OUR TARGET
include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} ${ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIR})
@@ -205,7 +159,6 @@ if(PNG_STATIC)
target_link_libraries(${PNG_LIB_NAME_STATIC} ${ZLIB_LIBRARY} ${M_LIBRARY})
endif()
if(PNG_SHARED AND WIN32)
set_target_properties(${PNG_LIB_NAME} PROPERTIES DEFINE_SYMBOL PNG_BUILD_DLL)
endif()
@@ -215,56 +168,64 @@ if(PNG_TESTS AND PNG_SHARED)
add_executable(pngtest ${pngtest_sources})
target_link_libraries(pngtest ${PNG_LIB_NAME})
add_test(pngtest ./pngtest ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/pngtest.png)
#
add_executable(pngvalid ${pngvalid_sources})
target_link_libraries(pngvalid ${PNG_LIB_NAME})
add_test(pngvalid ./pngvalid)
endif()
#
# Ensure the CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY is set
IF(NOT CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
SET(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY "lib")
ENDIF(NOT CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
# Set a variable with CMake code which:
# Creates a symlink from src to dest (if possible) or alternatively
# copies if different.
macro(_png_generate_symlink_code CODE SRC DEST)
if(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN)
set(_png_gsc_message "Copying ${SRC} to ${DEST} if needed")
set(_png_gsc_operation "copy_if_different")
else()
set(_png_gsc_message "Symlinking ${SRC} to ${DEST}")
set(_png_gsc_operation "create_symlink")
endif()
set(${CODE} "
message(STATUS \"${_png_gsc_message}\")
execute_process(COMMAND \${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E ${_png_gsc_operation}
\"${SRC}\" \"${DEST}\")
")
macro(CREATE_SYMLINK SRC_FILE DEST_FILE)
FILE(REMOVE ${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/${DEST_FILE})
if(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN AND NOT MINGW)
ADD_CUSTOM_COMMAND(
OUTPUT ${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/${DEST_FILE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${DEST_FILE}
COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${SRC_FILE} ${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/${DEST_FILE}
COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${SRC_FILE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${DEST_FILE}
DEPENDS ${PNG_LIB_NAME} ${PNG_LIB_NAME_STATIC}
)
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(${DEST_FILE}_COPY ALL DEPENDS ${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/${DEST_FILE})
else(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN AND NOT MINGW)
execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E create_symlink ${SRC_FILE} ${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/${DEST_FILE} WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E create_symlink ${SRC_FILE} ${DEST_FILE} WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
endif(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN AND NOT MINGW)
endmacro()
# CREATE PKGCONFIG FILES
# we use the same files like ./configure, so we have to set its vars
# libpng is a library so default to 'lib'
if(NOT DEFINED CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR)
set(CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR lib)
endif(NOT DEFINED CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR)
set(prefix ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX})
set(exec_prefix ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX})
set(libdir ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
set(includedir ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include)
set(LIBS "-lz -lm")
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/libpng.pc.in
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}.pc @ONLY)
_png_generate_symlink_code(PNG_PC_INSTALL_CODE
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}.pc
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng.pc)
install(CODE ${PNG_PC_INSTALL_CODE})
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/libpng-config.in
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}-config @ONLY)
_png_generate_symlink_code(PNG_CONFIG_INSTALL_CODE
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}-config
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng-config)
install(CODE ${PNG_CONFIG_INSTALL_CODE})
# CREATE PKGCONFIG FILES
# we use the same files like ./configure, so we have to set its vars
# Only do this on Windows for Cygwin - the files don't make much sense outside
# a UNIX look alike
if(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
set(prefix ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX})
set(exec_prefix ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX})
set(libdir ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
set(includedir ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include)
set(LIBS "-lz -lm")
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/libpng.pc.in
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}.pc @ONLY)
CREATE_SYMLINK(${PNGLIB_NAME}.pc libpng.pc)
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/libpng-config.in
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}-config @ONLY)
CREATE_SYMLINK(${PNGLIB_NAME}-config libpng-config)
endif(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
# SET UP LINKS
if(PNG_SHARED)
set_target_properties(${PNG_LIB_NAME} PROPERTIES
# VERSION 15.${PNGLIB_RELEASE}.1.5.1
# VERSION 15.${PNGLIB_RELEASE}.1.5.10
VERSION 15.${PNGLIB_RELEASE}.0
SOVERSION 15
CLEAN_DIRECT_OUTPUT 1)
@@ -299,62 +260,36 @@ if(NOT SKIP_INSTALL_LIBRARIES AND NOT SKIP_INSTALL_ALL )
ARCHIVE DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
# Create a symlink for libpng.dll.a => libpng15.dll.a on Cygwin
if(CYGWIN)
_png_generate_symlink_code(PNG_SHARED_IMPLIB_INSTALL_CODE
${PNGLIB_NAME}${CMAKE_IMPORT_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
libpng${CMAKE_IMPORT_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(CODE ${PNG_SHARED_IMPLIB_INSTALL_CODE})
install(FILES
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng${CMAKE_IMPORT_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
endif()
if(CYGWIN OR MINGW)
get_target_property(BUILD_TARGET_LOCATION ${PNG_LIB_NAME} LOCATION_${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE})
get_filename_component(BUILD_TARGET_FILE ${BUILD_TARGET_LOCATION} NAME)
CREATE_SYMLINK(${BUILD_TARGET_FILE} libpng${CMAKE_IMPORT_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng${CMAKE_IMPORT_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
endif(CYGWIN OR MINGW)
if(NOT WIN32)
IF(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
_png_generate_symlink_code(PNG_SHARED_INSTALL_CODE
${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/${PNGLIB_NAME}${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/libpng${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(CODE ${PNG_SHARED_INSTALL_CODE})
install(FILES
${CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/libpng${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
ELSE(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
_png_generate_symlink_code(PNG_SHARED_INSTALL_CODE
${PNGLIB_NAME}${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
libpng${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(CODE ${PNG_SHARED_INSTALL_CODE})
install(FILES
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
ENDIF(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
endif()
endif()
get_target_property(BUILD_TARGET_LOCATION ${PNG_LIB_NAME} LOCATION_${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE})
get_filename_component(BUILD_TARGET_FILE ${BUILD_TARGET_LOCATION} NAME)
CREATE_SYMLINK(${BUILD_TARGET_FILE} libpng${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
endif(NOT WIN32)
endif(PNG_SHARED)
if(PNG_STATIC)
install(TARGETS ${PNG_LIB_NAME_STATIC}
${PNG_EXPORT_RULE}
LIBRARY DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}
ARCHIVE DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
if(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN)
IF(CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
_png_generate_symlink_code(PNG_STATIC_INSTALL_CODE
${CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/${PNGLIB_NAME}${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
${CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/libpng${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(CODE ${PNG_STATIC_INSTALL_CODE})
install(FILES
${CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY}/libpng${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
ELSE(CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
_png_generate_symlink_code(PNG_STATIC_INSTALL_CODE
${PNGLIB_NAME}${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
libpng${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(CODE ${PNG_STATIC_INSTALL_CODE})
install(FILES
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
ENDIF(CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY)
endif()
endif()
LIBRARY DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}
ARCHIVE DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
if(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
get_target_property(BUILD_TARGET_LOCATION ${PNG_LIB_NAME_STATIC} LOCATION_${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE})
get_filename_component(BUILD_TARGET_FILE ${BUILD_TARGET_LOCATION} NAME)
CREATE_SYMLINK(${BUILD_TARGET_FILE} libpng${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX})
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
endif(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
endif()
endif()
if(NOT SKIP_INSTALL_HEADERS AND NOT SKIP_INSTALL_ALL )
@@ -362,10 +297,13 @@ if(NOT SKIP_INSTALL_HEADERS AND NOT SKIP_INSTALL_ALL )
install(FILES ${libpng_public_hdrs} DESTINATION include/${PNGLIB_NAME})
endif()
if(NOT SKIP_INSTALL_EXECUTABLES AND NOT SKIP_INSTALL_ALL )
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng-config DESTINATION bin)
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}-config
DESTINATION bin)
if(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng-config DESTINATION bin)
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}-config
DESTINATION bin)
endif(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
endif()
if(NOT SKIP_INSTALL_FILES AND NOT SKIP_INSTALL_ALL )
# Install man pages
if(NOT PNG_MAN_DIR)
@@ -374,14 +312,16 @@ if(NOT SKIP_INSTALL_FILES AND NOT SKIP_INSTALL_ALL )
install(FILES libpng.3 libpngpf.3 DESTINATION ${PNG_MAN_DIR}/man3)
install(FILES png.5 DESTINATION ${PNG_MAN_DIR}/man5)
# Install pkg-config files
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng.pc
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/pkgconfig)
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng-config
DESTINATION bin)
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}.pc
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/pkgconfig)
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}-config
DESTINATION bin)
if(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng.pc
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/pkgconfig)
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/libpng-config
DESTINATION bin)
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}.pc
DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/pkgconfig)
install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${PNGLIB_NAME}-config
DESTINATION bin)
endif(NOT WIN32 OR CYGWIN OR MINGW)
endif()
# On versions of CMake that support it, create an export file CMake
@@ -392,11 +332,9 @@ endif()
# what's with libpng-$VER%.txt and all the extra files?
# UNINSTALL
# do we need this?
# DIST
# do we need this?
+155 -135
View File
@@ -1,135 +1,155 @@
Installing libpng
On Unix/Linux and similar systems, you can simply type
./configure [--prefix=/path]
make check
make install
and ignore the rest of this document.
If configure does not work on your system and you have a reasonably
up-to-date set of tools, running ./autogen.sh before running ./configure
may fix the problem. You can also run the individual commands in
autogen.sh with the --force option, if supported by your version of
the tools. To be really sure that you aren't using any of the included
pre-built scripts, you can do this:
./configure --enable-maintainer-mode
make maintainer-clean
./autogen.sh
./configure [--prefix=/path] [other options]
make
make install
make check
Instead, you can use one of the custom-built makefiles in the
"scripts" directory
cp scripts/makefile.system makefile
make test
make install
The files that are presently available in the scripts directory
are listed and described in scripts/README.txt.
Or you can use one of the "projects" in the "projects" directory.
Before installing libpng, you must first install zlib, if it
is not already on your system. zlib can usually be found
wherever you got libpng. zlib can be placed in another directory,
at the same level as libpng.
If you want to use "cmake" (see www.cmake.org), type
cmake . -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/path
make
make install
If your system already has a preinstalled zlib you will still need
to have access to the zlib.h and zconf.h include files that
correspond to the version of zlib that's installed.
You can rename the directories that you downloaded (they
might be called "libpng-x.y.z" or "libpngNN" and "zlib-1.2.5"
or "zlib125") so that you have directories called "zlib" and "libpng".
Your directory structure should look like this:
.. (the parent directory)
libpng (this directory)
INSTALL (this file)
README
*.h
*.c
CMakeLists.txt => "cmake" script
configuration files:
configure.ac, configure, Makefile.am, Makefile.in,
autogen.sh, config.guess, ltmain.sh, missing, libpng.pc.in,
libpng-config.in, aclocal.m4, config.h.in, config.sub,
depcomp, install-sh, mkinstalldirs, test-pngtest.sh
contrib
gregbook
pngminim
pngminus
pngsuite
visupng
projects
visualc71
vstudio
scripts
makefile.*
*.def (module definition files)
etc.
pngtest.png
etc.
zlib
README
*.h
*.c
contrib
etc.
If the line endings in the files look funny, you may wish to get the other
distribution of libpng. It is available in both tar.gz (UNIX style line
endings) and zip (DOS style line endings) formats.
If you are building libpng with MSVC, you can enter the
libpng projects\visualc6 or visualc71 directory and follow the instructions
in README.txt.
Otherwise enter the zlib directory and follow the instructions in zlib/README,
then come back here and run "configure" or choose the appropriate
makefile.sys in the scripts directory.
Copy the file (or files) that you need from the
scripts directory into this directory, for example
MSDOS example: copy scripts\makefile.msc makefile
UNIX example: cp scripts/makefile.std makefile
Read the makefile to see if you need to change any source or
target directories to match your preferences.
Then read pnglibconf.dfa to see if you want to make any configuration
changes.
Then just run "make" which will create the libpng library in
this directory and "make test" which will run a quick test that reads
the "pngtest.png" file and writes a "pngout.png" file that should be
identical to it. Look for "9782 zero samples" in the output of the
test. For more confidence, you can run another test by typing
"pngtest pngnow.png" and looking for "289 zero samples" in the output.
Also, you can run "pngtest -m contrib/pngsuite/*.png" and compare
your output with the result shown in contrib/pngsuite/README.
Most of the makefiles will allow you to run "make install" to
put the library in its final resting place (if you want to
do that, run "make install" in the zlib directory first if necessary).
Some also allow you to run "make test-installed" after you have
run "make install".
Further information can be found in the README and libpng-manual.txt
files, in the individual makefiles, in png.h, and the manual pages
libpng.3 and png.5.
Installing libpng
On Unix/Linux and similar systems, you can simply type
./configure [--prefix=/path]
make check
make install
and ignore the rest of this document.
If configure does not work on your system and you have a reasonably
up-to-date set of tools, running ./autogen.sh before running ./configure
may fix the problem. You can also run the individual commands in
autogen.sh with the --force option, if supported by your version of
the tools. To be really sure that you aren't using any of the included
pre-built scripts, you can do this:
./configure --enable-maintainer-mode
make maintainer-clean
./autogen.sh
./configure [--prefix=/path] [other options]
make
make install
make check
Instead, you can use one of the custom-built makefiles in the
"scripts" directory
cp scripts/makefile.system makefile
make test
make install
The files that are presently available in the scripts directory
are listed and described in scripts/README.txt.
Or you can use one of the "projects" in the "projects" directory.
Before installing libpng, you must first install zlib, if it
is not already on your system. zlib can usually be found
wherever you got libpng. zlib can be placed in another directory,
at the same level as libpng.
If you want to use "cmake" (see www.cmake.org), type
cmake . -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/path
make
make install
If your system already has a preinstalled zlib you will still need
to have access to the zlib.h and zconf.h include files that
correspond to the version of zlib that's installed.
You can rename the directories that you downloaded (they
might be called "libpng-x.y.z" or "libpngNN" and "zlib-1.2.5"
or "zlib125") so that you have directories called "zlib" and "libpng".
Your directory structure should look like this:
.. (the parent directory)
libpng (this directory)
INSTALL (this file)
README
*.h
*.c
CMakeLists.txt => "cmake" script
configuration files:
configure.ac, configure, Makefile.am, Makefile.in,
autogen.sh, config.guess, ltmain.sh, missing, libpng.pc.in,
libpng-config.in, aclocal.m4, config.h.in, config.sub,
depcomp, install-sh, mkinstalldirs, test-pngtest.sh
contrib
gregbook
pngminim
pngminus
pngsuite
visupng
projects
visualc71
vstudio
scripts
makefile.*
*.def (module definition files)
etc.
pngtest.png
etc.
zlib
README
*.h
*.c
contrib
etc.
If the line endings in the files look funny, you may wish to get the other
distribution of libpng. It is available in both tar.gz (UNIX style line
endings) and zip (DOS style line endings) formats.
If you are building libpng with MSVC, you can enter the
libpng projects\visualc6 or visualc71 directory and follow the instructions
in README.txt.
Otherwise enter the zlib directory and follow the instructions in zlib/README,
then come back here and run "configure" or choose the appropriate
makefile.sys in the scripts directory.
Copy the file (or files) that you need from the
scripts directory into this directory, for example
MSDOS example: copy scripts\makefile.msc makefile
UNIX example: cp scripts/makefile.std makefile
Read the makefile to see if you need to change any source or
target directories to match your preferences.
Then read pnglibconf.dfa to see if you want to make any configuration
changes.
Then just run "make" which will create the libpng library in
this directory and "make test" which will run a quick test that reads
the "pngtest.png" file and writes a "pngout.png" file that should be
identical to it. Look for "9782 zero samples" in the output of the
test. For more confidence, you can run another test by typing
"pngtest pngnow.png" and looking for "289 zero samples" in the output.
Also, you can run "pngtest -m contrib/pngsuite/*.png" and compare
your output with the result shown in contrib/pngsuite/README.
Most of the makefiles will allow you to run "make install" to
put the library in its final resting place (if you want to
do that, run "make install" in the zlib directory first if necessary).
Some also allow you to run "make test-installed" after you have
run "make install".
Further information can be found in the README and libpng-manual.txt
files, in the individual makefiles, in png.h, and the manual pages
libpng.3 and png.5.
Using the ./configure script -- 16 December 2002.
=================================================
The ./configure script should work compatibly with what scripts/makefile.*
did, however there are some options you might need to add to configure
explicitly, which previously was done semi-automatically (if you didn't edit
scripts/makefile.* yourself, that is)
CFLAGS="-Wall -O -funroll-loops \
-malign-loops=2 -malign-functions=2" ./configure --prefix=/usr/include \
--with-pkgconfigdir=/usr/lib/pkgconfig --includedir=/usr/include
You can alternatively specify --includedir=/usr/include, /usr/local/include,
/usr/include/libpng%NN%, or whatever.
If you find that the configure script is out-of-date or is not supporting
your platform properly, try running autogen.sh to regenerate "configure",
"Makefile.in", and the other configuration files. Then try configure again.
+111 -111
View File
@@ -1,111 +1,111 @@
This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience. In case of
any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is
included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following
this sentence.
This code is released under the libpng license.
libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.5.1, February 3, 2011, are
Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5
with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors
Cosmin Truta
libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5 - October 3, 2002, are
Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors
Simon-Pierre Cadieux
Eric S. Raymond
Gilles Vollant
and with the following additions to the disclaimer:
There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the
library or against infringement. There is no warranty that our
efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes
or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire
risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is with
the user.
libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
Tom Lane
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Willem van Schaik
libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are
Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
John Bowler
Kevin Bracey
Sam Bushell
Magnus Holmgren
Greg Roelofs
Tom Tanner
libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are
Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors"
is defined as the following set of individuals:
Andreas Dilger
Dave Martindale
Guy Eric Schalnat
Paul Schmidt
Tim Wegner
The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing Authors
and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied,
including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of
fitness for any purpose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc.
assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG
Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject
to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being the original source.
3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any
source or altered source distribution.
The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without
fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to
supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use this
source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be
appreciated.
A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about"
boxes and the like:
printf("%s",png_get_copyright(NULL));
Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the
files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31).
Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software. OSI Certified Open Source is a
certification mark of the Open Source Initiative.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
February 3, 2011
This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience. In case of
any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is
included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following
this sentence.
This code is released under the libpng license.
libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.5.10, March 29, 2012, are
Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5
with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors
Cosmin Truta
libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5 - October 3, 2002, are
Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors
Simon-Pierre Cadieux
Eric S. Raymond
Gilles Vollant
and with the following additions to the disclaimer:
There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the
library or against infringement. There is no warranty that our
efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes
or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire
risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is with
the user.
libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are
distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
Tom Lane
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Willem van Schaik
libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are
Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88,
with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
John Bowler
Kevin Bracey
Sam Bushell
Magnus Holmgren
Greg Roelofs
Tom Tanner
libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are
Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors"
is defined as the following set of individuals:
Andreas Dilger
Dave Martindale
Guy Eric Schalnat
Paul Schmidt
Tim Wegner
The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing Authors
and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied,
including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of
fitness for any purpose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc.
assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG
Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject
to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being the original source.
3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any
source or altered source distribution.
The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without
fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to
supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use this
source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be
appreciated.
A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about"
boxes and the like:
printf("%s",png_get_copyright(NULL));
Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the
files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31).
Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software. OSI Certified Open Source is a
certification mark of the Open Source Initiative.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
March 29, 2012
+39 -22
View File
@@ -12,19 +12,23 @@ PNGLIB_BASENAME= libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign
# test programs - run on make check, make distcheck
check_PROGRAMS= pngtest pngvalid
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT= srcdir=$(srcdir)
check_PROGRAMS= pngtest
pngtest_SOURCES = pngtest.c
pngtest_LDADD = libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@[email protected]
pngvalid_SOURCES = pngvalid.c
TESTS = test-pngtest.sh
# Only do the following if the contrib directory is present.
check_PROGRAMS+= pngvalid
pngvalid_SOURCES = contrib/libtests/pngvalid.c
pngvalid_LDADD = libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@[email protected]
TESTS = test-pngtest.sh test-pngvalid-simple.sh test-pngvalid-full.sh
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT= srcdir=$(srcdir)
TESTS += test-pngvalid-simple.sh test-pngvalid-full.sh
# man pages
dist_man_MANS= libpng.3 libpngpf.3 png.5
# generate the -config scripts if required
binconfigs= libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@-config
binconfigs= libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@-config
EXTRA_SCRIPTS= libpng-config libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@-config
bin_SCRIPTS= @binconfigs@
@@ -34,7 +38,11 @@ lib_LTLIBRARIES=libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@[email protected]
libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_SOURCES = png.c pngerror.c\
pngget.c pngmem.c pngpread.c pngread.c pngrio.c pngrtran.c pngrutil.c\
pngset.c pngtrans.c pngwio.c pngwrite.c pngwtran.c pngwutil.c\
png.h pngconf.h pngdebug.h pnginfo.h pngpriv.h pngstruct.h
png.h pngconf.h pngdebug.h pnginfo.h pngpriv.h pngstruct.h pngusr.dfa
if PNG_ARM_NEON
libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_SOURCES += arm/filter_neon.S
endif
nodist_libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_SOURCES = pnglibconf.h
@@ -44,11 +52,16 @@ libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -export-dynamic \
-version-number @PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@:@PNGLIB_RELEASE@:0
if HAVE_LD_VERSION_SCRIPT
# Versioned symbols and restricted exports
# Versioned symbols and restricted exports
if HAVE_SOLARIS_LD
libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_LDFLAGS += -Wl,-M -Wl,libpng.vers
else
libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_LDFLAGS += -Wl,--version-script=libpng.vers
endif
libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_DEPENDENCIES = libpng.vers
else
# Only restricted exports when possible
# Only restricted exports when possible
libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_LDFLAGS += -export-symbols libpng.sym
libpng@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_la_DEPENDENCIES = libpng.sym
endif
@@ -97,7 +110,7 @@ $(PNGLIB_BASENAME)-config: libpng-config
cp libpng-config $@
scripts/sym.out scripts/vers.out: png.h pngconf.h pnglibconf.h
scripts/symbols.out: png.h pngconf.h scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt
scripts/symbols.out: png.h pngconf.h $(srcdir)/scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt
libpng.sym: scripts/sym.out
rm -f $@
@@ -108,7 +121,8 @@ libpng.vers: scripts/vers.out
pnglibconf.h: pnglibconf.out
rm -f $@
cp $? $@
scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt:
$(srcdir)/scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt:
@echo "Attempting to build $@" >&2
@echo "This is a machine generated file, but if you want to make" >&2
@echo "a new one simply make 'scripts/pnglibconf.out' and copy that" >&2
@exit 1
@@ -116,11 +130,11 @@ scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt:
# The following is necessary to ensure that the local pnglibconf.h is used, not
# an installed one (this can happen immediately after on a clean system if
# 'make test' is the first thing the user does.)
pngvalid.o pngtest.o: pnglibconf.h
contrib/libtests/pngvalid.o pngtest.o: pnglibconf.h
# We must use -DPNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS here even when the library may actually
# be built with PNG_USE_READ_MACROS; this stops the read macros interfering
# with the symbol file format.
# be built with PNG_USE_READ_MACROS; this prevents the read macros from
# interfering with the symbol file format.
SYMBOL_CFLAGS = -DPNGLIB_LIBNAME='PNG@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_0'\
-DPNGLIB_VERSION='@PNGLIB_VERSION@'\
-DSYMBOL_PREFIX='$(SYMBOL_PREFIX)'\
@@ -132,17 +146,18 @@ SYMBOL_CFLAGS = -DPNGLIB_LIBNAME='PNG@PNGLIB_MAJOR@@PNGLIB_MINOR@_0'\
echo '#include "$<"' >dfn.c
$(DFNCPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) @LIBPNG_DEFINES@\
$(CPPFLAGS) $(SYMBOL_CFLAGS) dfn.c > dfn1.out
$(SED) -n -e 's|^.*PNG_DEFN_MAGIC-\(.*\)-PNG_DEFN_END.*$$|\1|p'\
$(SED) -n -e 's|^.*PNG_DEFN_MAGIC *-\(.*\)- *PNG_DEFN_END.*$$|\1|p'\
dfn1.out >dfn2.out
$(SED) -e 's| *@@@ *||g' -e 's| *$$||' dfn2.out >dfn3.out
$(SED) -e 's| *PNG_JOIN *||g' -e 's| *$$||' dfn2.out >dfn3.out
rm -f dfn.c dfn[12].out
mv dfn3.out $@
# The .dfn file for pnglibconf.h is machine generated
pnglibconf.dfn: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa scripts/options.awk
pnglibconf.dfn: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa scripts/options.awk pngconf.h pngusr.dfa $(DFA_XTRA)
rm -f $@ dfn?.out
$(AWK) -f ${srcdir}/scripts/options.awk out=dfn1.out\
${srcdir}/scripts/pnglibconf.dfa $(DFA_XTRA) 1>&2
$(AWK) -f ${srcdir}/scripts/options.awk out=dfn1.out version=search\
${srcdir}/pngconf.h ${srcdir}/scripts/pnglibconf.dfa\
${srcdir}/pngusr.dfa $(DFA_XTRA) 1>&2
$(AWK) -f ${srcdir}/scripts/options.awk out=dfn2.out dfn1.out 1>&2
rm dfn1.out
mv dfn2.out $@
@@ -157,12 +172,13 @@ scripts/symbols.chk: scripts/checksym.awk scripts/symbols.def scripts/symbols.ou
# used on demand to regenerate the standard header, CPPFLAGS should
# be empty - no non-standard defines
scripts/pnglibconf.dfn: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa scripts/options.awk
scripts/pnglibconf.dfn: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa scripts/options.awk pngconf.h
rm -f $@ dfn?.out
test -z "$(CPPFLAGS)"
test -z "$(CPPFLAGS)"
echo "com @PNGLIB_VERSION@ STANDARD API DEFINITION" |\
$(AWK) -f ${srcdir}/scripts/options.awk out=dfn1.out\
logunsupported=2 - ${srcdir}/scripts/pnglibconf.dfa 1>&2
$(AWK) -f ${srcdir}/scripts/options.awk out=dfn1.out logunsupported=1
version=search ${srcdir}/pngconf.h -\
${srcdir}/scripts/pnglibconf.dfa 1>&2
$(AWK) -f ${srcdir}/scripts/options.awk out=dfn2.out dfn1.out 1>&2
rm dfn1.out
mv dfn2.out $@
@@ -209,3 +225,4 @@ uninstall-hook:
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/libpng-config
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libpng.a
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libpng.la
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libpng.dll.a
+202 -205
View File
@@ -1,205 +1,202 @@
README for libpng version 1.5.1 - February 3, 2011 (shared library 15.0)
See the note about version numbers near the top of png.h
See INSTALL for instructions on how to install libpng.
Libpng comes in several distribution formats. Get libpng-*.tar.gz,
libpng-*.tar.xz or libpng-*.tar.bz2 if you want UNIX-style line endings
in the text files, or lpng*.zip if you want DOS-style line endings.
Version 0.89 was the first official release of libpng. Don't let the
fact that it's the first release fool you. The libpng library has been in
extensive use and testing since mid-1995. By late 1997 it had
finally gotten to the stage where there hadn't been significant
changes to the API in some time, and people have a bad feeling about
libraries with versions < 1.0. Version 1.0.0 was released in
March 1998.
****
Note that some of the changes to the png_info structure render this
version of the library binary incompatible with libpng-0.89 or
earlier versions if you are using a shared library. The type of the
"filler" parameter for png_set_filler() has changed from png_byte to
png_uint_32, which will affect shared-library applications that use
this function.
To avoid problems with changes to the internals of png_info_struct,
new APIs have been made available in 0.95 to avoid direct application
access to info_ptr. These functions are the png_set_<chunk> and
png_get_<chunk> functions. These functions should be used when
accessing/storing the info_struct data, rather than manipulating it
directly, to avoid such problems in the future.
It is important to note that the APIs do not make current programs
that access the info struct directly incompatible with the new
library. However, it is strongly suggested that new programs use
the new APIs (as shown in example.c and pngtest.c), and older programs
be converted to the new format, to facilitate upgrades in the future.
****
Additions since 0.90 include the ability to compile libpng as a
Windows DLL, and new APIs for accessing data in the info struct.
Experimental functions include the ability to set weighting and cost
factors for row filter selection, direct reads of integers from buffers
on big-endian processors that support misaligned data access, faster
methods of doing alpha composition, and more accurate 16->8 bit color
conversion.
The additions since 0.89 include the ability to read from a PNG stream
which has had some (or all) of the signature bytes read by the calling
application. This also allows the reading of embedded PNG streams that
do not have the PNG file signature. As well, it is now possible to set
the library action on the detection of chunk CRC errors. It is possible
to set different actions based on whether the CRC error occurred in a
critical or an ancillary chunk.
The changes made to the library, and bugs fixed are based on discussions
on the PNG-implement mailing list and not on material submitted
privately to Guy, Andreas, or Glenn. They will forward any good
suggestions to the list.
For a detailed description on using libpng, read libpng-manual.txt. For
examples of libpng in a program, see example.c and pngtest.c. For usage
information and restrictions (what little they are) on libpng, see
png.h. For a description on using zlib (the compression library used by
libpng) and zlib's restrictions, see zlib.h
I have included a general makefile, as well as several machine and
compiler specific ones, but you may have to modify one for your own needs.
You should use zlib 1.0.4 or later to run this, but it MAY work with
versions as old as zlib 0.95. Even so, there are bugs in older zlib
versions which can cause the output of invalid compression streams for
some images. You will definitely need zlib 1.0.4 or later if you are
taking advantage of the MS-DOS "far" structure allocation for the small
and medium memory models. You should also note that zlib is a
compression library that is useful for more things than just PNG files.
You can use zlib as a drop-in replacement for fread() and fwrite() if
you are so inclined.
zlib should be available at the same place that libpng is, or at.
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib
You may also want a copy of the PNG specification. It is available
as an RFC, a W3C Recommendation, and an ISO/IEC Standard. You can find
these at http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/
This code is currently being archived at libpng.sf.net in the
[DOWNLOAD] area, and on CompuServe, Lib 20 (PNG SUPPORT)
at GO GRAPHSUP. If you can't find it in any of those places,
e-mail me, and I'll help you find it.
If you have any code changes, requests, problems, etc., please e-mail
them to me. Also, I'd appreciate any make files or project files,
and any modifications you needed to make to get libpng to compile,
along with a #define variable to tell what compiler/system you are on.
If you needed to add transformations to libpng, or wish libpng would
provide the image in a different way, drop me a note (and code, if
possible), so I can consider supporting the transformation.
Finally, if you get any warning messages when compiling libpng
(note: not zlib), and they are easy to fix, I'd appreciate the
fix. Please mention "libpng" somewhere in the subject line. Thanks.
This release was created and will be supported by myself (of course
based in a large way on Guy's and Andreas' earlier work), and the PNG
development group.
Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at
lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe) or to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
You can't reach Guy, the original libpng author, at the addresses
given in previous versions of this document. He and Andreas will
read mail addressed to the png-implement list, however.
Please do not send general questions about PNG. Send them to
the (png-list at ccrc.wustl.edu, subscription required, write to
majordomo at ccrc.wustl.edu with "subscribe png-list" in your message).
On the other hand,
please do not send libpng questions to that address, send them to me
or to the png-implement list. I'll
get them in the end anyway. If you have a question about something
in the PNG specification that is related to using libpng, send it
to me. Send me any questions that start with "I was using libpng,
and ...". If in doubt, send questions to me. I'll bounce them
to others, if necessary.
Please do not send suggestions on how to change PNG. We have
been discussing PNG for nine years now, and it is official and
finished. If you have suggestions for libpng, however, I'll
gladly listen. Even if your suggestion is not used immediately,
it may be used later.
Files in this distribution:
ANNOUNCE => Announcement of this version, with recent changes
CHANGES => Description of changes between libpng versions
KNOWNBUG => List of known bugs and deficiencies
LICENSE => License to use and redistribute libpng
README => This file
TODO => Things not implemented in the current library
Y2KINFO => Statement of Y2K compliance
example.c => Example code for using libpng functions
libpng.3 => manual page for libpng (includes libpng-manual.txt)
libpng-manual.txt => Description of libpng and its functions
libpngpf.3 => manual page for libpng's private functions
png.5 => manual page for the PNG format
png.c => Basic interface functions common to library
png.h => Library function and interface declarations (public)
pngpriv.h => Library function and interface declarations (private)
pngconf.h => System specific library configuration (public)
pngstruct.h => png_struct declaration (private)
pnginfo.h => png_info struct declaration (private)
pngdebug.h => debugging macros (private)
pngerror.c => Error/warning message I/O functions
pngget.c => Functions for retrieving info from struct
pngmem.c => Memory handling functions
pngbar.png => PNG logo, 88x31
pngnow.png => PNG logo, 98x31
pngpread.c => Progressive reading functions
pngread.c => Read data/helper high-level functions
pngrio.c => Lowest-level data read I/O functions
pngrtran.c => Read data transformation functions
pngrutil.c => Read data utility functions
pngset.c => Functions for storing data into the info_struct
pngtest.c => Library test program
pngtest.png => Library test sample image
pngtrans.c => Common data transformation functions
pngwio.c => Lowest-level write I/O functions
pngwrite.c => High-level write functions
pngwtran.c => Write data transformations
pngwutil.c => Write utility functions
contrib => Contributions
gregbook => source code for PNG reading and writing, from
Greg Roelofs' "PNG: The Definitive Guide",
O'Reilly, 1999
msvctest => Builds and runs pngtest using a MSVC workspace
pngminus => Simple pnm2png and png2pnm programs
pngsuite => Test images
visupng => Contains a MSVC workspace for VisualPng
projects => Contains project files and workspaces for
building a DLL
cbuilder5 => Contains a Borland workspace for building
libpng and zlib
visualc6 => Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC)
workspace for building libpng and zlib
visualc71 => Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC)
workspace for building libpng and zlib
xcode => Contains an Apple xcode
workspace for building libpng and zlib
scripts => Directory containing scripts for building libpng:
(see scripts/README.txt for the list of scripts)
Good luck, and happy coding.
-Glenn Randers-Pehrson (current maintainer, since 1998)
Internet: glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
-Andreas Eric Dilger (former maintainer, 1996-1997)
Internet: adilger at enel.ucalgary.ca
Web: http://www-mddsp.enel.ucalgary.ca/People/adilger/
-Guy Eric Schalnat (original author and former maintainer, 1995-1996)
(formerly of Group 42, Inc)
Internet: gschal at infinet.com
README for libpng version 1.5.10 - March 29, 2012 (shared library 15.0)
See the note about version numbers near the top of png.h
See INSTALL for instructions on how to install libpng.
Libpng comes in several distribution formats. Get libpng-*.tar.gz,
libpng-*.tar.xz or libpng-*.tar.bz2 if you want UNIX-style line endings
in the text files, or lpng*.zip if you want DOS-style line endings.
Version 0.89 was the first official release of libpng. Don't let the
fact that it's the first release fool you. The libpng library has been in
extensive use and testing since mid-1995. By late 1997 it had
finally gotten to the stage where there hadn't been significant
changes to the API in some time, and people have a bad feeling about
libraries with versions < 1.0. Version 1.0.0 was released in
March 1998.
****
Note that some of the changes to the png_info structure render this
version of the library binary incompatible with libpng-0.89 or
earlier versions if you are using a shared library. The type of the
"filler" parameter for png_set_filler() has changed from png_byte to
png_uint_32, which will affect shared-library applications that use
this function.
To avoid problems with changes to the internals of png_info_struct,
new APIs have been made available in 0.95 to avoid direct application
access to info_ptr. These functions are the png_set_<chunk> and
png_get_<chunk> functions. These functions should be used when
accessing/storing the info_struct data, rather than manipulating it
directly, to avoid such problems in the future.
It is important to note that the APIs do not make current programs
that access the info struct directly incompatible with the new
library. However, it is strongly suggested that new programs use
the new APIs (as shown in example.c and pngtest.c), and older programs
be converted to the new format, to facilitate upgrades in the future.
****
Additions since 0.90 include the ability to compile libpng as a
Windows DLL, and new APIs for accessing data in the info struct.
Experimental functions include the ability to set weighting and cost
factors for row filter selection, direct reads of integers from buffers
on big-endian processors that support misaligned data access, faster
methods of doing alpha composition, and more accurate 16->8 bit color
conversion.
The additions since 0.89 include the ability to read from a PNG stream
which has had some (or all) of the signature bytes read by the calling
application. This also allows the reading of embedded PNG streams that
do not have the PNG file signature. As well, it is now possible to set
the library action on the detection of chunk CRC errors. It is possible
to set different actions based on whether the CRC error occurred in a
critical or an ancillary chunk.
The changes made to the library, and bugs fixed are based on discussions
on the PNG-implement mailing list and not on material submitted
privately to Guy, Andreas, or Glenn. They will forward any good
suggestions to the list.
For a detailed description on using libpng, read libpng-manual.txt. For
examples of libpng in a program, see example.c and pngtest.c. For usage
information and restrictions (what little they are) on libpng, see
png.h. For a description on using zlib (the compression library used by
libpng) and zlib's restrictions, see zlib.h
I have included a general makefile, as well as several machine and
compiler specific ones, but you may have to modify one for your own needs.
You should use zlib 1.0.4 or later to run this, but it MAY work with
versions as old as zlib 0.95. Even so, there are bugs in older zlib
versions which can cause the output of invalid compression streams for
some images. You will definitely need zlib 1.0.4 or later if you are
taking advantage of the MS-DOS "far" structure allocation for the small
and medium memory models. You should also note that zlib is a
compression library that is useful for more things than just PNG files.
You can use zlib as a drop-in replacement for fread() and fwrite() if
you are so inclined.
zlib should be available at the same place that libpng is, or at.
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib
You may also want a copy of the PNG specification. It is available
as an RFC, a W3C Recommendation, and an ISO/IEC Standard. You can find
these at http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/
This code is currently being archived at libpng.sf.net in the
[DOWNLOAD] area, and on CompuServe, Lib 20 (PNG SUPPORT)
at GO GRAPHSUP. If you can't find it in any of those places,
e-mail me, and I'll help you find it.
If you have any code changes, requests, problems, etc., please e-mail
them to me. Also, I'd appreciate any make files or project files,
and any modifications you needed to make to get libpng to compile,
along with a #define variable to tell what compiler/system you are on.
If you needed to add transformations to libpng, or wish libpng would
provide the image in a different way, drop me a note (and code, if
possible), so I can consider supporting the transformation.
Finally, if you get any warning messages when compiling libpng
(note: not zlib), and they are easy to fix, I'd appreciate the
fix. Please mention "libpng" somewhere in the subject line. Thanks.
This release was created and will be supported by myself (of course
based in a large way on Guy's and Andreas' earlier work), and the PNG
development group.
Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at
lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe) or to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
You can't reach Guy, the original libpng author, at the addresses
given in previous versions of this document. He and Andreas will
read mail addressed to the png-implement list, however.
Please do not send general questions about PNG. Send them to
png-mng-misc at lists.sf.net (subscription required; visit
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-misc to
subscribe). If you have a question about something
in the PNG specification that is related to using libpng, send it
to me. Send me any questions that start with "I was using libpng,
and ...". If in doubt, send questions to me. I'll bounce them
to others, if necessary.
Please do not send suggestions on how to change PNG. We have
been discussing PNG for sixteen years now, and it is official and
finished. If you have suggestions for libpng, however, I'll
gladly listen. Even if your suggestion is not used immediately,
it may be used later.
Files in this distribution:
ANNOUNCE => Announcement of this version, with recent changes
CHANGES => Description of changes between libpng versions
KNOWNBUG => List of known bugs and deficiencies
LICENSE => License to use and redistribute libpng
README => This file
TODO => Things not implemented in the current library
Y2KINFO => Statement of Y2K compliance
example.c => Example code for using libpng functions
libpng.3 => manual page for libpng (includes libpng-manual.txt)
libpng-manual.txt => Description of libpng and its functions
libpngpf.3 => manual page for libpng's private functions
png.5 => manual page for the PNG format
png.c => Basic interface functions common to library
png.h => Library function and interface declarations (public)
pngpriv.h => Library function and interface declarations (private)
pngconf.h => System specific library configuration (public)
pngstruct.h => png_struct declaration (private)
pnginfo.h => png_info struct declaration (private)
pngdebug.h => debugging macros (private)
pngerror.c => Error/warning message I/O functions
pngget.c => Functions for retrieving info from struct
pngmem.c => Memory handling functions
pngbar.png => PNG logo, 88x31
pngnow.png => PNG logo, 98x31
pngpread.c => Progressive reading functions
pngread.c => Read data/helper high-level functions
pngrio.c => Lowest-level data read I/O functions
pngrtran.c => Read data transformation functions
pngrutil.c => Read data utility functions
pngset.c => Functions for storing data into the info_struct
pngtest.c => Library test program
pngtest.png => Library test sample image
pngtrans.c => Common data transformation functions
pngwio.c => Lowest-level write I/O functions
pngwrite.c => High-level write functions
pngwtran.c => Write data transformations
pngwutil.c => Write utility functions
contrib => Contributions
gregbook => source code for PNG reading and writing, from
Greg Roelofs' "PNG: The Definitive Guide",
O'Reilly, 1999
msvctest => Builds and runs pngtest using a MSVC workspace
pngminus => Simple pnm2png and png2pnm programs
pngsuite => Test images
visupng => Contains a MSVC workspace for VisualPng
projects => Contains project files and workspaces for
building a DLL
cbuilder5 => Contains a Borland workspace for building
libpng and zlib
visualc6 => Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC)
workspace for building libpng and zlib
visualc71 => Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC)
workspace for building libpng and zlib
xcode => Contains an Apple xcode
workspace for building libpng and zlib
scripts => Directory containing scripts for building libpng:
(see scripts/README.txt for the list of scripts)
Good luck, and happy coding.
-Glenn Randers-Pehrson (current maintainer, since 1998)
Internet: glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
-Andreas Eric Dilger (former maintainer, 1996-1997)
Internet: adilger at enel.ucalgary.ca
Web: http://www-mddsp.enel.ucalgary.ca/People/adilger/
-Guy Eric Schalnat (original author and former maintainer, 1995-1996)
(formerly of Group 42, Inc)
Internet: gschal at infinet.com
+27 -27
View File
@@ -1,27 +1,27 @@
/*
TODO - list of things to do for libpng:
Final bug fixes.
Better C++ wrapper/full C++ implementation?
Fix problem with C++ and EXTERN "C".
cHRM transformation.
Remove setjmp/longjmp usage in favor of returning error codes.
Add "grayscale->palette" transformation and "palette->grayscale" detection.
Improved dithering.
Multi-lingual error and warning message support.
Complete sRGB transformation (presently it simply uses gamma=0.45455).
Man pages for function calls.
Better documentation.
Better filter selection
(counting huffman bits/precompression? filter inertia? filter costs?).
Histogram creation.
Text conversion between different code pages (Latin-1 -> Mac and DOS).
Avoid building gamma tables whenever possible.
Use greater precision when changing to linear gamma for compositing against
background and doing rgb-to-gray transformation.
Investigate pre-incremented loop counters and other loop constructions.
Add interpolated method of handling interlacing.
Switch to the simpler zlib (zlib/libpng) license if legally possible.
Extend pngvalid.c to validate more of the libpng transformations.
*/
/*
TODO - list of things to do for libpng:
Final bug fixes.
Better C++ wrapper/full C++ implementation?
Fix problem with C++ and EXTERN "C".
cHRM transformation.
Remove setjmp/longjmp usage in favor of returning error codes.
Add "grayscale->palette" transformation and "palette->grayscale" detection.
Improved dithering.
Multi-lingual error and warning message support.
Complete sRGB transformation (presently it simply uses gamma=0.45455).
Man pages for function calls.
Better documentation.
Better filter selection
(counting huffman bits/precompression? filter inertia? filter costs?).
Histogram creation.
Text conversion between different code pages (Latin-1 -> Mac and DOS).
Avoid building gamma tables whenever possible.
Use greater precision when changing to linear gamma for compositing against
background and doing rgb-to-gray transformation.
Investigate pre-incremented loop counters and other loop constructions.
Add interpolated method of handling interlacing.
Switch to the simpler zlib (zlib/libpng) license if legally possible.
Extend pngvalid.c to validate more of the libpng transformations.
*/
+128 -107
View File
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2009-11-20'
timestamp='2011-11-11'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
fi
;;
*)
os=netbsd
os=netbsd
;;
esac
# The OS release
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
;;
*5.*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
;;
esac
# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
@@ -269,7 +270,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
exit ;;
# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
exitcode=$?
trap '' 0
exit $exitcode ;;
Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
@@ -295,7 +299,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
exit ;;
*:OS400:*:*)
echo powerpc-ibm-os400
echo powerpc-ibm-os400
exit ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -394,23 +398,23 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
# MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
# be no problem.
atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
exit ;;
*falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
m68k:machten:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -480,8 +484,8 @@ EOF
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit ;;
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
then
if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
@@ -494,7 +498,7 @@ EOF
else
echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit ;;
exit ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
exit ;;
@@ -551,7 +555,7 @@ EOF
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit ;;
*:AIX:*:[456])
*:AIX:*:[4567])
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
@@ -594,52 +598,52 @@ EOF
9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
'') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
esac ;;
esac
esac ;;
esac
fi
if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#define _HPUX_SOURCE
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#define _HPUX_SOURCE
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int main ()
{
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
#endif
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
int main ()
{
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
#endif
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
switch (bits)
{
case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
} break;
#else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
#endif
default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
}
exit (0);
}
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
switch (bits)
{
case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
} break;
#else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
#endif
default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
}
exit (0);
}
EOF
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
@@ -730,22 +734,22 @@ EOF
exit ;;
C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
exit ;;
exit ;;
C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit ;;
exit ;;
C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
exit ;;
exit ;;
C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
exit ;;
exit ;;
C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
exit ;;
exit ;;
CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
@@ -769,14 +773,14 @@ EOF
exit ;;
F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -788,13 +792,12 @@ EOF
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
pc98)
echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in
amd64)
echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
esac
exit ;;
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
@@ -803,15 +806,18 @@ EOF
*:MINGW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
exit ;;
i*:MSYS*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys
exit ;;
i*:windows32*:*)
# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
exit ;;
i*:PW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
exit ;;
*:Interix*:*)
case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
x86)
echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -866,7 +872,7 @@ EOF
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
@@ -878,7 +884,13 @@ EOF
then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabihf
fi
fi
exit ;;
avr32*:Linux:*:*)
@@ -891,7 +903,10 @@ EOF
echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
exit ;;
frv:Linux:*:*)
echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
hexagon:Linux:*:*)
echo hexagon-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
LIBC=gnu
@@ -959,7 +974,7 @@ EOF
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
exit ;;
sh64*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
sh*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
@@ -967,6 +982,9 @@ EOF
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
tile*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
exit ;;
@@ -974,7 +992,7 @@ EOF
echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
exit ;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
@@ -983,11 +1001,11 @@ EOF
echo i386-sequent-sysv4
exit ;;
i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
# number series starting with 2...
# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
# number series starting with 2...
# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
# I just have to hope. -- rms.
# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
exit ;;
i*86:OS/2:*:*)
@@ -1019,7 +1037,7 @@ EOF
fi
exit ;;
i*86:*:5:[678]*)
# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
*486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
*Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
@@ -1047,13 +1065,13 @@ EOF
exit ;;
pc:*:*:*)
# Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
exit ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
exit ;;
@@ -1088,8 +1106,8 @@ EOF
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
OS_REL='.3'
test -r /etc/.relid \
@@ -1132,10 +1150,10 @@ EOF
echo ns32k-sni-sysv
fi
exit ;;
PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
# says <[email protected]>
echo i586-unisys-sysv4
exit ;;
PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
# says <[email protected]>
echo i586-unisys-sysv4
exit ;;
*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
# From Gerald Hewes <[email protected]>.
# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
@@ -1161,11 +1179,11 @@ EOF
exit ;;
R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit ;;
exit ;;
BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
echo powerpc-be-beos
exit ;;
@@ -1230,6 +1248,9 @@ EOF
*:QNX:*:4*)
echo i386-pc-qnx
exit ;;
NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -1275,13 +1296,13 @@ EOF
echo pdp10-unknown-its
exit ;;
SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:DragonFly:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
exit ;;
*:*VMS:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
@@ -1321,11 +1342,11 @@ main ()
#include <sys/param.h>
printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
#ifdef NEWSOS4
"4"
"4"
#else
""
""
#endif
); exit (0);
); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
+23
View File
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `feenableexcept' function. */
#undef HAVE_FEENABLEEXCEPT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
@@ -70,6 +73,12 @@
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Align row buffers */
#undef PNG_ALIGNED_MEMORY_SUPPORTED
/* Enable ARM NEON optimizations */
#undef PNG_ARM_NEON
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
@@ -82,5 +91,19 @@
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define to the equivalent of the C99 'restrict' keyword, or to
nothing if this is not supported. Do not define if restrict is
supported directly. */
#undef restrict
/* Work around a bug in Sun C++: it does not support _Restrict or
__restrict__, even though the corresponding Sun C compiler ends up with
"#define restrict _Restrict" or "#define restrict __restrict__" in the
previous line. Perhaps some future version of Sun C++ will work with
restrict; if so, hopefully it defines __RESTRICT like Sun C does. */
#if defined __SUNPRO_CC && !defined __RESTRICT
# define _Restrict
# define __restrict__
#endif
/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t
+125 -59
View File
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2009-11-20'
timestamp='2011-11-11'
# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
@@ -75,8 +75,9 @@ Report bugs and patches to <[email protected]>."
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -123,8 +124,9 @@ esac
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
os=-$maybe_os
@@ -156,8 +158,8 @@ case $os in
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-bluegene*)
os=-cnk
-bluegene*)
os=-cnk
;;
-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
os=
@@ -173,10 +175,10 @@ case $os in
os=-chorusos
basic_machine=$1
;;
-chorusrdb)
os=-chorusrdb
-chorusrdb)
os=-chorusrdb
basic_machine=$1
;;
;;
-hiux*)
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
@@ -249,13 +251,17 @@ case $basic_machine in
| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
| am33_2.0 \
| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
| be32 | be64 \
| bfin \
| c4x | clipper \
| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
| epiphany \
| fido | fr30 | frv \
| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
| hexagon \
| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
| ip2k | iq2000 \
| le32 | le64 \
| lm32 \
| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
@@ -281,27 +287,38 @@ case $basic_machine in
| moxie \
| mt \
| msp430 \
| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
| nios | nios2 \
| ns16k | ns32k \
| open8 \
| or32 \
| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
| pyramid \
| rx \
| rl78 | rx \
| score \
| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
| sh64 | sh64le \
| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
| spu | strongarm \
| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
| spu \
| tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
| ubicom32 \
| v850 | v850e \
| v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \
| we32k \
| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
| x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \
| z8k | z80)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
;;
c54x)
basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
;;
c55x)
basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
;;
c6x)
basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
;;
m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip)
# Motorola 68HC11/12.
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
@@ -313,6 +330,18 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=mt-unknown
;;
strongarm | thumb | xscale)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
;;
xscaleeb)
basic_machine=armeb-unknown
;;
xscaleel)
basic_machine=armel-unknown
;;
# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
@@ -332,16 +361,19 @@ case $basic_machine in
| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
| arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
| avr-* | avr32-* \
| be32-* | be64-* \
| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
| elxsi-* \
| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
| h8300-* | h8500-* \
| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
| hexagon-* \
| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
| le32-* | le64-* \
| lm32-* \
| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
@@ -367,25 +399,29 @@ case $basic_machine in
| mmix-* \
| mt-* \
| msp430-* \
| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
| nios-* | nios2-* \
| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
| open8-* \
| orion-* \
| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
| pyramid-* \
| romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
| rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
| sparclite-* \
| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
| tahoe-* \
| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
| tile*-* \
| tron-* \
| ubicom32-* \
| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
| v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \
| vax-* \
| we32k-* \
| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \
| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
| ymp-* \
| z8k-* | z80-*)
@@ -410,7 +446,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=-udi
;;
abacus)
abacus)
basic_machine=abacus-unknown
;;
adobe68k)
@@ -480,11 +516,20 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
os=-cnk
;;
c54x-*)
basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c55x-*)
basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c6x-*)
basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
c90)
basic_machine=c90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
cegcc)
cegcc)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
os=-cegcc
;;
@@ -516,7 +561,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=craynv-cray
os=-unicosmp
;;
cr16)
cr16 | cr16-*)
basic_machine=cr16-unknown
os=-elf
;;
@@ -732,7 +777,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=-sysv
;;
microblaze)
microblaze)
basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
;;
mingw32)
@@ -771,10 +816,18 @@ case $basic_machine in
ms1-*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
;;
msys)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-msys
;;
mvs)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
os=-mvs
;;
nacl)
basic_machine=le32-unknown
os=-nacl
;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
os=-sysv4
@@ -839,6 +892,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
neo-tandem)
basic_machine=neo-tandem
;;
nse-tandem)
basic_machine=nse-tandem
;;
nsr-tandem)
basic_machine=nsr-tandem
;;
@@ -921,9 +980,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
;;
power) basic_machine=power-ibm
;;
ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
ppc | ppcbe) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
;;
ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
@@ -1017,6 +1077,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=i860-stratus
os=-sysv4
;;
strongarm-* | thumb-*)
basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
sun2)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
;;
@@ -1073,20 +1136,8 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=t90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
tic54x | c54x*)
basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
os=-coff
;;
tic55x | c55x*)
basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
os=-coff
;;
tic6x | c6x*)
basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
os=-coff
;;
tile*)
basic_machine=tile-unknown
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
os=-linux-gnu
;;
tx39)
@@ -1156,6 +1207,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
xps | xps100)
basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
;;
xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
;;
ymp)
basic_machine=ymp-cray
os=-unicos
@@ -1253,11 +1307,11 @@ esac
if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
then
case $os in
# First match some system type aliases
# that might get confused with valid system types.
# First match some system type aliases
# that might get confused with valid system types.
# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-auroraux)
os=-auroraux
-auroraux)
os=-auroraux
;;
-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
@@ -1293,8 +1347,9 @@ case $os in
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
| -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
| -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
| -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
| -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
@@ -1341,7 +1396,7 @@ case $os in
-opened*)
os=-openedition
;;
-os400*)
-os400*)
os=-os400
;;
-wince*)
@@ -1390,7 +1445,7 @@ case $os in
-sinix*)
os=-sysv4
;;
-tpf*)
-tpf*)
os=-tpf
;;
-triton*)
@@ -1435,6 +1490,8 @@ case $os in
-dicos*)
os=-dicos
;;
-nacl*)
;;
-none)
;;
*)
@@ -1457,10 +1514,10 @@ else
# system, and we'll never get to this point.
case $basic_machine in
score-*)
score-*)
os=-elf
;;
spu-*)
spu-*)
os=-elf
;;
*-acorn)
@@ -1472,8 +1529,17 @@ case $basic_machine in
arm*-semi)
os=-aout
;;
c4x-* | tic4x-*)
os=-coff
c4x-* | tic4x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic54x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic55x-*)
os=-coff
;;
tic6x-*)
os=-coff
;;
# This must come before the *-dec entry.
pdp10-*)
@@ -1500,7 +1566,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
m68*-cisco)
os=-aout
;;
mep-*)
mep-*)
os=-elf
;;
mips*-cisco)
@@ -1527,7 +1593,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
*-ibm)
os=-aix
;;
*-knuth)
*-knuth)
os=-mmixware
;;
*-wec)
+41 -4
View File
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.59)
dnl Version number stuff here:
AC_INIT([libpng], [1.5.2], [[email protected]])
AC_INIT([libpng], [1.5.10], [[email protected]])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
dnl stop configure from automagically running automake
AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
PNGLIB_VERSION=1.5.2
PNGLIB_VERSION=1.5.10
PNGLIB_MAJOR=1
PNGLIB_MINOR=5
PNGLIB_RELEASE=2
PNGLIB_RELEASE=10
dnl End of version number stuff
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
# Checks for programs.
AC_LANG([C])
AC_PROG_CC
AM_PROG_AS
AC_PROG_LD
AC_PROG_CPP
AC_CHECK_TOOL(SED, sed, :)
@@ -75,6 +76,7 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([malloc.h stdlib.h string.h strings.h])
AC_C_CONST
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_STRUCT_TM
AC_C_RESTRICT
# Checks for library functions.
AC_FUNC_STRTOD
@@ -89,11 +91,27 @@ AC_CHECK_LIB(z, zlibVersion, ,
AC_CHECK_LIB(z, ${ZPREFIX}zlibVersion, ,
AC_ERROR([zlib not installed])))
# The following is for pngvalid, to ensure it catches FP errors even on
# platforms that don't enable FP exceptions, the function appears in the math
# library (typically), it's not an error if it is not found.
AC_CHECK_LIB([m], [feenableexcept])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feenableexcept])
LIBPNG_DEFINES=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG
LIBPNG_DEFINES=$LIBPNG_DEFINES
AC_SUBST(LIBPNG_DEFINES)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if using Solaris linker])
SLD=`$LD --version 2>&1 | grep Solaris`
if test "$SLD"; then
have_solaris_ld=yes
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
else
have_solaris_ld=no
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_SOLARIS_LD, test "$have_solaris_ld" = "yes")
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libraries can be versioned])
# Special case for PE/COFF platforms: ld reports
# support for version-script, but doesn't actually
@@ -104,7 +122,13 @@ case $host in
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
;;
* )
GLD=`$LD --help < /dev/null 2>/dev/null | grep version-script`
if test "$have_solaris_ld" = "yes"; then
GLD=`$LD --help < /dev/null 2>&1 | grep 'M mapfile'`
else
GLD=`$LD --help < /dev/null 2>/dev/null | grep version-script`
fi
if test "$GLD"; then
have_ld_version_script=yes
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
@@ -159,6 +183,19 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(binconfigs,
[binconfigs='${binconfigs}'])
AC_SUBST([binconfigs])
# Because GCC by default assembles code with an executable stack, even though it
# compiles C code with a non-executable stack, it is necessary to do a fixup
# here (this may by GCC specific)
AC_SUBST([AM_CCASFLAGS], [-Wa,--noexecstack])
AC_ARG_ENABLE([arm-neon],
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-arm-neon], [Enable ARM NEON optimizations]),
[if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([PNG_ARM_NEON], [1], [Enable ARM NEON optimizations])
AC_DEFINE([PNG_ALIGNED_MEMORY_SUPPORTED], [1], [Align row buffers])
fi])
AM_CONDITIONAL([PNG_ARM_NEON], [test "${enable_arm_neon:-no}" = yes])
# Config files, substituting as above
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile libpng.pc:libpng.pc.in])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([libpng-config:libpng-config.in],
+4
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
This "contrib" directory contains contributions which are not necessarily under
the libpng license, although all are open source. They are not part of
libpng proper and are not used for building the library.
+340 -340
View File
@@ -1,340 +1,340 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.
+50 -50
View File
@@ -1,50 +1,50 @@
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2008 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2008 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+130 -130
View File
@@ -1,130 +1,130 @@
# Sample makefile for rpng-win / rpng2-win / wpng using mingw32-gcc and make.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 2 June 2007
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Well, OK, it's not
# generally for sale anymore, but it's the thought that counts,
# right? (Hint: http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/ )
#
# Invoke this makefile from a DOS-prompt window via:
#
# make -f Makefile.mingw32
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are in subdirectories at the same level as the current subdirectory
# (as indicated by the PNGDIR and ZDIR macros below). It makes no assumptions
# at all about the mingw32 installation tree (W32DIR). Edit as appropriate.
#
# Note that the names of the dynamic and static libpng and zlib libraries
# used below may change in later releases of the libraries. This makefile
# builds both statically and dynamically linked executables by default.
# (You need only one set, but for testing it can be handy to have both.)
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
#PNGDIR = ../..# for libpng-x.y.z/contrib/gregbook builds
PNGDIR = ../libpng-win32
PNGINC = -I$(PNGDIR)
PNGLIBd = $(PNGDIR)/libpng.dll.a # dynamically linked
PNGLIBs = $(PNGDIR)/libpng.a # statically linked, local libpng
#ZDIR = ../../../zlib-win32# for libpng-x.y.z/contrib/gregbook builds
ZDIR = ../zlib-win32
ZINC = -I$(ZDIR)
ZLIBd = $(ZDIR)/libzdll.a
ZLIBs = $(ZDIR)/libz.a
# change this to be the path where mingw32 installs its stuff:
W32DIR =
#W32DIR = /usr/local/cross-tools/i386-mingw32msvc
W32INC = -I$(W32DIR)/include
W32LIB = $(W32DIR)/lib/libuser32.a $(W32DIR)/lib/libgdi32.a
CC = gcc
#CC = i386-mingw32msvc-gcc # e.g., Linux -> Win32 cross-compilation
LD = $(CC)
RM = rm -f
CFLAGS = -O -Wall $(INCS) $(MINGW_CCFLAGS)
# [note that -Wall is a gcc-specific compilation flag ("most warnings on")]
# [-ansi, -pedantic and -W can also be used]
LDFLAGS = $(MINGW_LDFLAGS)
O = .o
E = .exe
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC) $(W32INC)
RLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd) $(W32LIB) -lm
RLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs) $(W32LIB) -lm
WLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd)
WLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs)
RPNG = rpng-win
RPNG2 = rpng2-win
WPNG = wpng
ROBJSd = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng.pic$(O)
ROBJS2d = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2.pic$(O)
WOBJSd = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng.pic$(O)
RPNGs = $(RPNG)-static
RPNG2s = $(RPNG2)-static
WPNGs = $(WPNG)-static
ROBJSs = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2s = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJSs = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
STATIC_EXES = $(RPNGs)$(E) $(RPNG2s)$(E) $(WPNGs)$(E)
DYNAMIC_EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
EXES = $(STATIC_EXES) $(DYNAMIC_EXES)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
%.pic$(O): %.c
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -DPNG_BUILD_DLL -o $@ $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNGs)$(E): $(ROBJSs)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJSs) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJSd)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJSd) $(RLIBSd)
$(RPNG2s)$(E): $(ROBJS2s)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2s) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2d)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2d) $(RLIBSd)
$(WPNGs)$(E): $(WOBJSs)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJSs) $(WLIBSs)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJSd)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJSd) $(WLIBSd)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O) readpng.pic$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O) readpng2.pic$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O) writepng.pic$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
$(RM) $(EXES)
$(RM) $(ROBJSs) $(ROBJS2s) $(WOBJSs)
$(RM) $(ROBJSd) $(ROBJS2d) $(WOBJSd)
# Sample makefile for rpng-win / rpng2-win / wpng using mingw32-gcc and make.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 2 June 2007
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Well, OK, it's not
# generally for sale anymore, but it's the thought that counts,
# right? (Hint: http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/ )
#
# Invoke this makefile from a DOS-prompt window via:
#
# make -f Makefile.mingw32
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are in subdirectories at the same level as the current subdirectory
# (as indicated by the PNGDIR and ZDIR macros below). It makes no assumptions
# at all about the mingw32 installation tree (W32DIR). Edit as appropriate.
#
# Note that the names of the dynamic and static libpng and zlib libraries
# used below may change in later releases of the libraries. This makefile
# builds both statically and dynamically linked executables by default.
# (You need only one set, but for testing it can be handy to have both.)
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
#PNGDIR = ../..# for libpng-x.y.z/contrib/gregbook builds
PNGDIR = ../libpng-win32
PNGINC = -I$(PNGDIR)
PNGLIBd = $(PNGDIR)/libpng.dll.a # dynamically linked
PNGLIBs = $(PNGDIR)/libpng.a # statically linked, local libpng
#ZDIR = ../../../zlib-win32# for libpng-x.y.z/contrib/gregbook builds
ZDIR = ../zlib-win32
ZINC = -I$(ZDIR)
ZLIBd = $(ZDIR)/libzdll.a
ZLIBs = $(ZDIR)/libz.a
# change this to be the path where mingw32 installs its stuff:
W32DIR =
#W32DIR = /usr/local/cross-tools/i386-mingw32msvc
W32INC = -I$(W32DIR)/include
W32LIB = $(W32DIR)/lib/libuser32.a $(W32DIR)/lib/libgdi32.a
CC = gcc
#CC = i386-mingw32msvc-gcc # e.g., Linux -> Win32 cross-compilation
LD = $(CC)
RM = rm -f
CFLAGS = -O -Wall $(INCS) $(MINGW_CCFLAGS)
# [note that -Wall is a gcc-specific compilation flag ("most warnings on")]
# [-ansi, -pedantic and -W can also be used]
LDFLAGS = $(MINGW_LDFLAGS)
O = .o
E = .exe
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC) $(W32INC)
RLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd) $(W32LIB) -lm
RLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs) $(W32LIB) -lm
WLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd)
WLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs)
RPNG = rpng-win
RPNG2 = rpng2-win
WPNG = wpng
ROBJSd = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng.pic$(O)
ROBJS2d = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2.pic$(O)
WOBJSd = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng.pic$(O)
RPNGs = $(RPNG)-static
RPNG2s = $(RPNG2)-static
WPNGs = $(WPNG)-static
ROBJSs = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2s = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJSs = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
STATIC_EXES = $(RPNGs)$(E) $(RPNG2s)$(E) $(WPNGs)$(E)
DYNAMIC_EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
EXES = $(STATIC_EXES) $(DYNAMIC_EXES)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
%.pic$(O): %.c
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -DPNG_BUILD_DLL -o $@ $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNGs)$(E): $(ROBJSs)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJSs) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJSd)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJSd) $(RLIBSd)
$(RPNG2s)$(E): $(ROBJS2s)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2s) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2d)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2d) $(RLIBSd)
$(WPNGs)$(E): $(WOBJSs)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJSs) $(WLIBSs)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJSd)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJSd) $(WLIBSd)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O) readpng.pic$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O) readpng2.pic$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O) writepng.pic$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
$(RM) $(EXES)
$(RM) $(ROBJSs) $(ROBJS2s) $(WOBJSs)
$(RM) $(ROBJSd) $(ROBJS2d) $(WOBJSd)
+104 -104
View File
@@ -1,104 +1,104 @@
# Sample makefile for rpng-x / rpng2-x / wpng for SGI using cc and make.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 7 March 2002
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Buy some for friends
# and family, too. (Not that this is a blatant plug or anything.)
#
# Invoke this makefile from a shell prompt in the usual way; for example:
#
# make -f Makefile.sgi
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are both installed in /usr/local/{include,lib} (as indicated by the
# PNG* and Z* macros below). Edit as appropriate--choose only ONE each of
# the PNGINC, PNGLIB, ZINC and ZLIB lines.
#
# This makefile builds dynamically linked executables (against libpng and zlib,
# that is), but that can be changed by uncommenting the appropriate PNGLIB and
# ZLIB lines.
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
PNGINC = -I/usr/local/include/libpng15
PNGLIB = -L/usr/local/lib -lpng15 # dynamically linked against libpng
#PNGLIB = /usr/local/lib/libpng15.a # statically linked against libpng
# or:
#PNGINC = -I../..
#PNGLIB = -L../.. -lpng
#PNGLIB = ../../libpng.a
ZINC = -I/usr/local/include
ZLIB = -L/usr/local/lib -lz # dynamically linked against zlib
#ZLIB = /usr/local/lib/libz.a # statically linked against zlib
#ZINC = -I../zlib
#ZLIB = -L../zlib -lz
#ZLIB = ../../../zlib/libz.a
XINC = -I/usr/include/X11 # old-style, stock X distributions
XLIB = -L/usr/lib/X11 -lX11
#XINC = -I/usr/openwin/include # Sun workstations (OpenWindows)
#XLIB = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11
#XINC = -I/usr/X11R6/include # new X distributions (XFree86, etc.)
#XLIB = -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC) $(XINC)
RLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB) $(XLIB) -lm
WLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB)
CC = cc
LD = cc
RM = rm -f
# ABI must be the same as that used to build libpng.
ABI=
CFLAGS = $(ABI) -O -fullwarn $(INCS)
LDFLAGS = $(ABI)
O = .o
E =
RPNG = rpng-x
RPNG2 = rpng2-x
WPNG = wpng
ROBJS = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2 = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJS = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBS)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBS)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBS)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
$(RM) $(EXES) $(ROBJS) $(ROBJS2) $(WOBJS)
# Sample makefile for rpng-x / rpng2-x / wpng for SGI using cc and make.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 7 March 2002
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Buy some for friends
# and family, too. (Not that this is a blatant plug or anything.)
#
# Invoke this makefile from a shell prompt in the usual way; for example:
#
# make -f Makefile.sgi
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are both installed in /usr/local/{include,lib} (as indicated by the
# PNG* and Z* macros below). Edit as appropriate--choose only ONE each of
# the PNGINC, PNGLIB, ZINC and ZLIB lines.
#
# This makefile builds dynamically linked executables (against libpng and zlib,
# that is), but that can be changed by uncommenting the appropriate PNGLIB and
# ZLIB lines.
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
PNGINC = -I/usr/local/include/libpng15
PNGLIB = -L/usr/local/lib -lpng15 # dynamically linked against libpng
#PNGLIB = /usr/local/lib/libpng15.a # statically linked against libpng
# or:
#PNGINC = -I../..
#PNGLIB = -L../.. -lpng
#PNGLIB = ../../libpng.a
ZINC = -I/usr/local/include
ZLIB = -L/usr/local/lib -lz # dynamically linked against zlib
#ZLIB = /usr/local/lib/libz.a # statically linked against zlib
#ZINC = -I../zlib
#ZLIB = -L../zlib -lz
#ZLIB = ../../../zlib/libz.a
XINC = -I/usr/include/X11 # old-style, stock X distributions
XLIB = -L/usr/lib/X11 -lX11
#XINC = -I/usr/openwin/include # Sun workstations (OpenWindows)
#XLIB = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11
#XINC = -I/usr/X11R6/include # new X distributions (XFree86, etc.)
#XLIB = -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC) $(XINC)
RLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB) $(XLIB) -lm
WLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB)
CC = cc
LD = cc
RM = rm -f
# ABI must be the same as that used to build libpng.
ABI=
CFLAGS = $(ABI) -O -fullwarn $(INCS)
LDFLAGS = $(ABI)
O = .o
E =
RPNG = rpng-x
RPNG2 = rpng2-x
WPNG = wpng
ROBJS = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2 = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJS = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBS)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBS)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBS)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
$(RM) $(EXES) $(ROBJS) $(ROBJS2) $(WOBJS)
+132 -132
View File
@@ -1,132 +1,132 @@
# Sample makefile for rpng-x / rpng2-x / wpng using gcc and make.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 2 June 2007
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Well, OK, it's not
# generally for sale anymore, but it's the thought that counts,
# right? (Hint: http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/ )
#
# Invoke this makefile from a shell prompt in the usual way; for example:
#
# make -f Makefile.unx
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are installed in /usr/local/{include,lib} or as otherwise indicated by
# the PNG* and Z* macros below. Edit as appropriate--choose only ONE each of
# the PNGINC, PNGLIBd, PNGLIBs, ZINC, ZLIBd and ZLIBs lines.
#
# This makefile builds both dynamically and statically linked executables
# (against libpng and zlib, that is), but that can be changed by modifying
# the "EXES =" line. (You need only one set, but for testing it can be handy
# to have both.)
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
#PNGDIR = /usr/local/lib
#PNGINC = -I/usr/local/include/libpng15
#PNGLIBd = -L$(PNGDIR) -lpng15 # dynamically linked, installed libpng
#PNGLIBs = $(PNGDIR)/libpng15.a # statically linked, installed libpng
# or:
PNGDIR = ../..# this one is for libpng-x.y.z/contrib/gregbook builds
#PNGDIR = ../libpng
PNGINC = -I$(PNGDIR)
PNGLIBd = -Wl,-rpath,$(PNGDIR) -L$(PNGDIR) -lpng15 # dynamically linked
PNGLIBs = $(PNGDIR)/libpng.a # statically linked, local libpng
ZDIR = /usr/local/lib
#ZDIR = /usr/lib64
ZINC = -I/usr/local/include
ZLIBd = -L$(ZDIR) -lz # dynamically linked against zlib
ZLIBs = $(ZDIR)/libz.a # statically linked against zlib
# or:
#ZDIR = ../zlib
#ZINC = -I$(ZDIR)
#ZLIBd = -Wl,-rpath,$(ZDIR) -L$(ZDIR) -lz # -rpath allows in-place testing
#ZLIBs = $(ZDIR)/libz.a
#XINC = -I/usr/include # old-style, stock X distributions
#XLIB = -L/usr/lib/X11 -lX11 # (including SGI IRIX)
#XINC = -I/usr/openwin/include # Sun workstations (OpenWindows)
#XLIB = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11
XINC = -I/usr/X11R6/include # new X distributions (X.org, etc.)
XLIB = -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11
#XLIB = -L/usr/X11R6/lib64 -lX11 # e.g., Red Hat on AMD64
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC) $(XINC)
RLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd) $(XLIB) -lm
RLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs) $(XLIB) -lm
WLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd) -lm
WLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs)
CC = gcc
LD = gcc
RM = rm -f
CFLAGS = -O -Wall $(INCS) -DFEATURE_LOOP
# [note that -Wall is a gcc-specific compilation flag ("most warnings on")]
# [-ansi, -pedantic and -W can also be used]
LDFLAGS =
O = .o
E =
RPNG = rpng-x
RPNG2 = rpng2-x
WPNG = wpng
RPNGs = $(RPNG)-static
RPNG2s = $(RPNG2)-static
WPNGs = $(WPNG)-static
ROBJS = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2 = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJS = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
STATIC_EXES = $(RPNGs)$(E) $(RPNG2s)$(E) $(WPNGs)$(E)
DYNAMIC_EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
EXES = $(STATIC_EXES) $(DYNAMIC_EXES)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNGs)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBSd)
$(RPNG2s)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBSd)
$(WPNGs)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBSs)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBSd)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
$(RM) $(EXES) $(ROBJS) $(ROBJS2) $(WOBJS)
# Sample makefile for rpng-x / rpng2-x / wpng using gcc and make.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 2 June 2007
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Well, OK, it's not
# generally for sale anymore, but it's the thought that counts,
# right? (Hint: http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/ )
#
# Invoke this makefile from a shell prompt in the usual way; for example:
#
# make -f Makefile.unx
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are installed in /usr/local/{include,lib} or as otherwise indicated by
# the PNG* and Z* macros below. Edit as appropriate--choose only ONE each of
# the PNGINC, PNGLIBd, PNGLIBs, ZINC, ZLIBd and ZLIBs lines.
#
# This makefile builds both dynamically and statically linked executables
# (against libpng and zlib, that is), but that can be changed by modifying
# the "EXES =" line. (You need only one set, but for testing it can be handy
# to have both.)
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
#PNGDIR = /usr/local/lib
#PNGINC = -I/usr/local/include/libpng15
#PNGLIBd = -L$(PNGDIR) -lpng15 # dynamically linked, installed libpng
#PNGLIBs = $(PNGDIR)/libpng15.a # statically linked, installed libpng
# or:
PNGDIR = ../..# this one is for libpng-x.y.z/contrib/gregbook builds
#PNGDIR = ../libpng
PNGINC = -I$(PNGDIR)
PNGLIBd = -Wl,-rpath,$(PNGDIR) -L$(PNGDIR) -lpng15 # dynamically linked
PNGLIBs = $(PNGDIR)/libpng.a # statically linked, local libpng
ZDIR = /usr/local/lib
#ZDIR = /usr/lib64
ZINC = -I/usr/local/include
ZLIBd = -L$(ZDIR) -lz # dynamically linked against zlib
ZLIBs = $(ZDIR)/libz.a # statically linked against zlib
# or:
#ZDIR = ../zlib
#ZINC = -I$(ZDIR)
#ZLIBd = -Wl,-rpath,$(ZDIR) -L$(ZDIR) -lz # -rpath allows in-place testing
#ZLIBs = $(ZDIR)/libz.a
#XINC = -I/usr/include # old-style, stock X distributions
#XLIB = -L/usr/lib/X11 -lX11 # (including SGI IRIX)
#XINC = -I/usr/openwin/include # Sun workstations (OpenWindows)
#XLIB = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11
XINC = -I/usr/X11R6/include # new X distributions (X.org, etc.)
XLIB = -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11
#XLIB = -L/usr/X11R6/lib64 -lX11 # e.g., Red Hat on AMD64
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC) $(XINC)
RLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd) $(XLIB) -lm
RLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs) $(XLIB) -lm
WLIBSd = $(PNGLIBd) $(ZLIBd) -lm
WLIBSs = $(PNGLIBs) $(ZLIBs)
CC = gcc
LD = gcc
RM = rm -f
CFLAGS = -O -Wall $(INCS) -DFEATURE_LOOP
# [note that -Wall is a gcc-specific compilation flag ("most warnings on")]
# [-ansi, -pedantic and -W can also be used]
LDFLAGS =
O = .o
E =
RPNG = rpng-x
RPNG2 = rpng2-x
WPNG = wpng
RPNGs = $(RPNG)-static
RPNG2s = $(RPNG2)-static
WPNGs = $(WPNG)-static
ROBJS = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2 = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJS = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
STATIC_EXES = $(RPNGs)$(E) $(RPNG2s)$(E) $(WPNGs)$(E)
DYNAMIC_EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
EXES = $(STATIC_EXES) $(DYNAMIC_EXES)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNGs)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBSd)
$(RPNG2s)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBSs)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBSd)
$(WPNGs)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBSs)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBSd)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
$(RM) $(EXES) $(ROBJS) $(ROBJS2) $(WOBJS)
+113 -113
View File
@@ -1,113 +1,113 @@
# Sample makefile for rpng-win / rpng2-win / wpng using MSVC and NMAKE.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 2 June 2007
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Well, OK, it's not
# generally for sale anymore, but it's the thought that counts,
# right? (Hint: http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/ )
#
# Invoke this makefile from a DOS prompt window via:
#
# %devstudio%\vc\bin\vcvars32.bat
# nmake -nologo -f Makefile.w32
#
# where %devstudio% is the installation directory for MSVC / DevStudio. If
# you get "environment out of space" errors, create a desktop shortcut with
# "c:\windows\command.com /e:4096" as the program command line and set the
# working directory to this directory. Then double-click to open the new
# DOS-prompt window with a bigger environment and retry the commands above.
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are in subdirectories at the same level as the current subdirectory
# (as indicated by the PNGPATH and ZPATH macros below). Edit as appropriate.
#
# Note that the names of the dynamic and static libpng and zlib libraries
# used below may change in later releases of the libraries. This makefile
# builds statically linked executables, but that can be changed by uncom-
# menting the appropriate PNGLIB and ZLIB lines.
!include <ntwin32.mak>
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
PNGPATH = ../libpng
PNGINC = -I$(PNGPATH)
#PNGLIB = $(PNGPATH)/pngdll.lib
PNGLIB = $(PNGPATH)/libpng.lib
ZPATH = ../zlib
ZINC = -I$(ZPATH)
#ZLIB = $(ZPATH)/zlibdll.lib
ZLIB = $(ZPATH)/zlibstat.lib
WINLIBS = -defaultlib:user32.lib gdi32.lib
# ["real" apps may also need comctl32.lib, comdlg32.lib, winmm.lib, etc.]
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC)
RLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB) $(WINLIBS)
WLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB)
CC = cl
LD = link
RM = del
CFLAGS = -nologo -O -W3 $(INCS) $(cvars)
# [note that -W3 is an MSVC-specific compilation flag ("all warnings on")]
# [see %devstudio%\vc\include\win32.mak for cvars macro definition]
O = .obj
E = .exe
RLDFLAGS = -nologo -subsystem:windows
WLDFLAGS = -nologo
RPNG = rpng-win
RPNG2 = rpng2-win
WPNG = wpng
ROBJS = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2 = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJS = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(RLDFLAGS) -out:$@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBS)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(RLDFLAGS) -out:$@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBS)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(WLDFLAGS) -out:$@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBS)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
# ideally we could just do this:
# $(RM) $(EXES) $(ROBJS) $(ROBJS2) $(WOBJS)
# ...but the Windows "DEL" command is none too bright, so:
$(RM) r*$(E)
$(RM) w*$(E)
$(RM) r*$(O)
$(RM) w*$(O)
# Sample makefile for rpng-win / rpng2-win / wpng using MSVC and NMAKE.
# Greg Roelofs
# Last modified: 2 June 2007
#
# The programs built by this makefile are described in the book,
# "PNG: The Definitive Guide," by Greg Roelofs (O'Reilly and
# Associates, 1999). Go buy a copy, eh? Well, OK, it's not
# generally for sale anymore, but it's the thought that counts,
# right? (Hint: http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/ )
#
# Invoke this makefile from a DOS prompt window via:
#
# %devstudio%\vc\bin\vcvars32.bat
# nmake -nologo -f Makefile.w32
#
# where %devstudio% is the installation directory for MSVC / DevStudio. If
# you get "environment out of space" errors, create a desktop shortcut with
# "c:\windows\command.com /e:4096" as the program command line and set the
# working directory to this directory. Then double-click to open the new
# DOS-prompt window with a bigger environment and retry the commands above.
#
# This makefile assumes libpng and zlib have already been built or downloaded
# and are in subdirectories at the same level as the current subdirectory
# (as indicated by the PNGPATH and ZPATH macros below). Edit as appropriate.
#
# Note that the names of the dynamic and static libpng and zlib libraries
# used below may change in later releases of the libraries. This makefile
# builds statically linked executables, but that can be changed by uncom-
# menting the appropriate PNGLIB and ZLIB lines.
!include <ntwin32.mak>
# macros --------------------------------------------------------------------
PNGPATH = ../libpng
PNGINC = -I$(PNGPATH)
#PNGLIB = $(PNGPATH)/pngdll.lib
PNGLIB = $(PNGPATH)/libpng.lib
ZPATH = ../zlib
ZINC = -I$(ZPATH)
#ZLIB = $(ZPATH)/zlibdll.lib
ZLIB = $(ZPATH)/zlibstat.lib
WINLIBS = -defaultlib:user32.lib gdi32.lib
# ["real" apps may also need comctl32.lib, comdlg32.lib, winmm.lib, etc.]
INCS = $(PNGINC) $(ZINC)
RLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB) $(WINLIBS)
WLIBS = $(PNGLIB) $(ZLIB)
CC = cl
LD = link
RM = del
CFLAGS = -nologo -O -W3 $(INCS) $(cvars)
# [note that -W3 is an MSVC-specific compilation flag ("all warnings on")]
# [see %devstudio%\vc\include\win32.mak for cvars macro definition]
O = .obj
E = .exe
RLDFLAGS = -nologo -subsystem:windows
WLDFLAGS = -nologo
RPNG = rpng-win
RPNG2 = rpng2-win
WPNG = wpng
ROBJS = $(RPNG)$(O) readpng$(O)
ROBJS2 = $(RPNG2)$(O) readpng2$(O)
WOBJS = $(WPNG)$(O) writepng$(O)
EXES = $(RPNG)$(E) $(RPNG2)$(E) $(WPNG)$(E)
# implicit make rules -------------------------------------------------------
.c$(O):
$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $<
# dependencies --------------------------------------------------------------
all: $(EXES)
$(RPNG)$(E): $(ROBJS)
$(LD) $(RLDFLAGS) -out:$@ $(ROBJS) $(RLIBS)
$(RPNG2)$(E): $(ROBJS2)
$(LD) $(RLDFLAGS) -out:$@ $(ROBJS2) $(RLIBS)
$(WPNG)$(E): $(WOBJS)
$(LD) $(WLDFLAGS) -out:$@ $(WOBJS) $(WLIBS)
$(RPNG)$(O): $(RPNG).c readpng.h
$(RPNG2)$(O): $(RPNG2).c readpng2.h
$(WPNG)$(O): $(WPNG).c writepng.h
readpng$(O): readpng.c readpng.h
readpng2$(O): readpng2.c readpng2.h
writepng$(O): writepng.c writepng.h
# maintenance ---------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
# ideally we could just do this:
# $(RM) $(EXES) $(ROBJS) $(ROBJS2) $(WOBJS)
# ...but the Windows "DEL" command is none too bright, so:
$(RM) r*$(E)
$(RM) w*$(E)
$(RM) r*$(O)
$(RM) w*$(O)
+186 -186
View File
@@ -1,186 +1,186 @@
===========================
PNG: The Definitive Guide
===========================
Source Code
Chapters 13, 14 and 15 of "PNG: The Definitive Guide" discuss three free,
cross-platform demo programs that show how to use the libpng reference
library: rpng, rpng2 and wpng. rpng and rpng2 are viewers; the first is
a very simple example that that shows how a standard file-viewer might use
libpng, while the second is designed to process streaming data and shows
how a web browser might be written. wpng is a simple command-line program
that reads binary PGM and PPM files (the ``raw'' grayscale and RGB subsets
of PBMPLUS/NetPBM) and converts them to PNG.
The source code for all three demo programs currently compiles under
Unix, OpenVMS, and 32-bit Windows. (Special thanks to Martin Zinser,
[email protected], for making the necessary changes for OpenVMS and for
providing an appropriate build script.) Build instructions can be found
below.
Files:
README this file
LICENSE terms of distribution and reuse (BSD-like or GNU GPL)
COPYING GNU General Public License (GPL)
Makefile.unx Unix makefile
Makefile.w32 Windows (MSVC) makefile
makevms.com OpenVMS build script
rpng-win.c Windows front end for the basic viewer
rpng-x.c X Window System (Unix, OpenVMS) front end
readpng.c generic back end for the basic viewer
readpng.h header file for the basic viewer
rpng2-win.c Windows front end for the progressive viewer
rpng2-x.c X front end for the progressive viewer
readpng2.c generic back end for the progressive viewer
readpng2.h header file for the progressive viewer
wpng.c generic (text) front end for the converter
writepng.c generic back end for the converter
writepng.h header file for the converter
toucan.png transparent PNG for testing (by Stefan Schneider)
Note that, although the programs are designed to be functional, their
primary purpose is to illustrate how to use libpng to add PNG support to
other programs. As such, their user interfaces are crude and definitely
are not intended for everyday use.
Please see http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/pngbook.html for further infor-
mation and links to the latest version of the source code, and Chapters
13-15 of the book for detailed discussion of the three programs.
Greg Roelofs
http://pobox.com/~newt/greg_contact.html
16 March 2008
BUILD INSTRUCTIONS
- Prerequisites (in order of compilation):
- zlib http://zlib.net/
- libpng http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/libpng.html
- pngbook http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/sources.html
The pngbook demo programs are explicitly designed to demonstrate proper
coding techniques for using the libpng reference library. As a result,
you need to download and build both zlib (on which libpng depends) and
libpng. A common build setup is to place the zlib, libpng and pngbook
subdirectory trees ("folders") in the same parent directory. Then the
libpng build can refer to files in ../zlib (or ..\zlib or [-.zlib]),
and similarly for the pngbook build.
Note that all three packages are designed to be built from a command
line by default; those who wish to use a graphical or other integrated
development environments are on their own.
- Unix:
Unpack the latest pngbook sources (which should correspond to this
README file) into a directory and change into that directory.
Copy Makefile.unx to Makefile and edit the PNG* and Z* variables
appropriately (possibly also the X* variables if necessary).
make
There is no "install" target, so copy the three executables somewhere
in your path or run them from the current directory. All three will
print a basic usage screen when run without any command-line arguments;
see the book for more details.
- Windows:
Unpack the latest pngbook sources (which should correspond to this
README file) into a folder, open a "DOS shell" or "command prompt"
or equivalent command-line window, and cd into the folder where you
unpacked the source code.
For MSVC, set up the necessary environment variables by invoking
%devstudio%\vc\bin\vcvars32.bat
where where %devstudio% is the installation directory for MSVC /
DevStudio. If you get "environment out of space" errors under 95/98,
create a desktop shortcut with "c:\windows\command.com /e:4096" as
the program command line and set the working directory to the pngbook
directory. Then double-click to open the new DOS-prompt window with
a bigger environment and retry the commands above.
Copy Makefile.w32 to Makefile and edit the PNGPATH and ZPATH variables
appropriately (possibly also the "INC" and "LIB" variables if needed).
Note that the names of the dynamic and static libpng and zlib libraries
used in the makefile may change in later releases of the libraries.
Also note that, as of libpng version 1.0.5, MSVC DLL builds do not work.
This makefile therefore builds statically linked executables, but if
the DLL problems ever get fixed, uncommenting the appropriate PNGLIB
and ZLIB lines will build dynamically linked executables instead.
Do the build by typing
nmake
The result should be three executables: rpng-win.exe, rpng2-win.exe,
and wpng.exe. Copy them somewhere in your PATH or run them from the
current folder. Like the Unix versions, the two windowed programs
(rpng and rpng2) now display a usage screen in a console window when
invoked without command-line arguments; this is new behavior as of
the June 2001 release. Note that the programs use the Unix-style "-"
character to specify options, instead of the more common DOS/Windows
"/" character. (For example: "rpng2-win -bgpat 4 foo.png", not
"rpng2-win /bgpat 4 foo.png")
- OpenVMS:
Unpack the pngbook sources into a subdirectory and change into that
subdirectory.
Edit makevms.com appropriately, specifically the zpath and pngpath
variables.
@makevms
To run the programs, they probably first need to be set up as "foreign
symbols," with "disk" and "dir" set appropriately:
$ rpng == "$disk:[dir]rpng-x.exe"
$ rpng2 == "$disk:[dir]rpng2-x.exe"
$ wpng == "$disk:[dir]wpng.exe"
All three will print a basic usage screen when run without any command-
line arguments; see the book for more details. Note that the options
style is Unix-like, i.e., preceded by "-" rather than "/".
RUNNING THE PROGRAMS: (VERY) BRIEF INTRO
rpng is a simple PNG viewer that can display transparent PNGs with a
specified background color; for example,
rpng -bgcolor \#ff0000 toucan.png
would display the image with a red background. rpng2 is a progressive
viewer that simulates a web browser in some respects; it can display
images against either a background color or a dynamically generated
background image. For example:
rpng2 -bgpat 16 toucan.png
wpng is a purely command-line image converter from binary PBMPLUS/NetPBM
format (.pgm or .ppm) to PNG; for example,
wpng -time < toucan-notrans.ppm > toucan-notrans.png
would convert the specified PPM file (using redirection) to PNG, auto-
matically setting the PNG modification-time chunk.
All options can be abbreviated to the shortest unique value; for example,
"-bgc" for -bgcolor (versus "-bgp" for -bgpat), or "-g" for -gamma.
===========================
PNG: The Definitive Guide
===========================
Source Code
Chapters 13, 14 and 15 of "PNG: The Definitive Guide" discuss three free,
cross-platform demo programs that show how to use the libpng reference
library: rpng, rpng2 and wpng. rpng and rpng2 are viewers; the first is
a very simple example that that shows how a standard file-viewer might use
libpng, while the second is designed to process streaming data and shows
how a web browser might be written. wpng is a simple command-line program
that reads binary PGM and PPM files (the ``raw'' grayscale and RGB subsets
of PBMPLUS/NetPBM) and converts them to PNG.
The source code for all three demo programs currently compiles under
Unix, OpenVMS, and 32-bit Windows. (Special thanks to Martin Zinser,
[email protected], for making the necessary changes for OpenVMS and for
providing an appropriate build script.) Build instructions can be found
below.
Files:
README this file
LICENSE terms of distribution and reuse (BSD-like or GNU GPL)
COPYING GNU General Public License (GPL)
Makefile.unx Unix makefile
Makefile.w32 Windows (MSVC) makefile
makevms.com OpenVMS build script
rpng-win.c Windows front end for the basic viewer
rpng-x.c X Window System (Unix, OpenVMS) front end
readpng.c generic back end for the basic viewer
readpng.h header file for the basic viewer
rpng2-win.c Windows front end for the progressive viewer
rpng2-x.c X front end for the progressive viewer
readpng2.c generic back end for the progressive viewer
readpng2.h header file for the progressive viewer
wpng.c generic (text) front end for the converter
writepng.c generic back end for the converter
writepng.h header file for the converter
toucan.png transparent PNG for testing (by Stefan Schneider)
Note that, although the programs are designed to be functional, their
primary purpose is to illustrate how to use libpng to add PNG support to
other programs. As such, their user interfaces are crude and definitely
are not intended for everyday use.
Please see http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/pngbook.html for further infor-
mation and links to the latest version of the source code, and Chapters
13-15 of the book for detailed discussion of the three programs.
Greg Roelofs
http://pobox.com/~newt/greg_contact.html
16 March 2008
BUILD INSTRUCTIONS
- Prerequisites (in order of compilation):
- zlib http://zlib.net/
- libpng http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/libpng.html
- pngbook http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/book/sources.html
The pngbook demo programs are explicitly designed to demonstrate proper
coding techniques for using the libpng reference library. As a result,
you need to download and build both zlib (on which libpng depends) and
libpng. A common build setup is to place the zlib, libpng and pngbook
subdirectory trees ("folders") in the same parent directory. Then the
libpng build can refer to files in ../zlib (or ..\zlib or [-.zlib]),
and similarly for the pngbook build.
Note that all three packages are designed to be built from a command
line by default; those who wish to use a graphical or other integrated
development environments are on their own.
- Unix:
Unpack the latest pngbook sources (which should correspond to this
README file) into a directory and change into that directory.
Copy Makefile.unx to Makefile and edit the PNG* and Z* variables
appropriately (possibly also the X* variables if necessary).
make
There is no "install" target, so copy the three executables somewhere
in your path or run them from the current directory. All three will
print a basic usage screen when run without any command-line arguments;
see the book for more details.
- Windows:
Unpack the latest pngbook sources (which should correspond to this
README file) into a folder, open a "DOS shell" or "command prompt"
or equivalent command-line window, and cd into the folder where you
unpacked the source code.
For MSVC, set up the necessary environment variables by invoking
%devstudio%\vc\bin\vcvars32.bat
where where %devstudio% is the installation directory for MSVC /
DevStudio. If you get "environment out of space" errors under 95/98,
create a desktop shortcut with "c:\windows\command.com /e:4096" as
the program command line and set the working directory to the pngbook
directory. Then double-click to open the new DOS-prompt window with
a bigger environment and retry the commands above.
Copy Makefile.w32 to Makefile and edit the PNGPATH and ZPATH variables
appropriately (possibly also the "INC" and "LIB" variables if needed).
Note that the names of the dynamic and static libpng and zlib libraries
used in the makefile may change in later releases of the libraries.
Also note that, as of libpng version 1.0.5, MSVC DLL builds do not work.
This makefile therefore builds statically linked executables, but if
the DLL problems ever get fixed, uncommenting the appropriate PNGLIB
and ZLIB lines will build dynamically linked executables instead.
Do the build by typing
nmake
The result should be three executables: rpng-win.exe, rpng2-win.exe,
and wpng.exe. Copy them somewhere in your PATH or run them from the
current folder. Like the Unix versions, the two windowed programs
(rpng and rpng2) now display a usage screen in a console window when
invoked without command-line arguments; this is new behavior as of
the June 2001 release. Note that the programs use the Unix-style "-"
character to specify options, instead of the more common DOS/Windows
"/" character. (For example: "rpng2-win -bgpat 4 foo.png", not
"rpng2-win /bgpat 4 foo.png")
- OpenVMS:
Unpack the pngbook sources into a subdirectory and change into that
subdirectory.
Edit makevms.com appropriately, specifically the zpath and pngpath
variables.
@makevms
To run the programs, they probably first need to be set up as "foreign
symbols," with "disk" and "dir" set appropriately:
$ rpng == "$disk:[dir]rpng-x.exe"
$ rpng2 == "$disk:[dir]rpng2-x.exe"
$ wpng == "$disk:[dir]wpng.exe"
All three will print a basic usage screen when run without any command-
line arguments; see the book for more details. Note that the options
style is Unix-like, i.e., preceded by "-" rather than "/".
RUNNING THE PROGRAMS: (VERY) BRIEF INTRO
rpng is a simple PNG viewer that can display transparent PNGs with a
specified background color; for example,
rpng -bgcolor \#ff0000 toucan.png
would display the image with a red background. rpng2 is a progressive
viewer that simulates a web browser in some respects; it can display
images against either a background color or a dynamically generated
background image. For example:
rpng2 -bgpat 16 toucan.png
wpng is a purely command-line image converter from binary PBMPLUS/NetPBM
format (.pgm or .ppm) to PNG; for example,
wpng -time < toucan-notrans.ppm > toucan-notrans.png
would convert the specified PPM file (using redirection) to PNG, auto-
matically setting the PNG modification-time chunk.
All options can be abbreviated to the shortest unique value; for example,
"-bgc" for -bgcolor (versus "-bgp" for -bgpat), or "-g" for -gamma.
+132 -132
View File
@@ -1,132 +1,132 @@
$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$! make "PNG: The Definitive Guide" demo programs (for X) under OpenVMS
$!
$! Script created by Martin Zinser for libpng; modified by Greg Roelofs
$! for standalone pngbook source distribution.
$!
$!
$! Set locations where zlib and libpng sources live.
$!
$ zpath = ""
$ pngpath = ""
$!
$ if f$search("[---.zlib]zlib.h").nes."" then zpath = "[---.zlib]"
$ if f$search("[--]png.h").nes."" then pngpath = "[--]"
$!
$ if f$search("[-.zlib]zlib.h").nes."" then zpath = "[-.zlib]"
$ if f$search("[-.libpng]png.h").nes."" then pngpath = "[-.libpng]"
$!
$ if zpath .eqs. ""
$ then
$ write sys$output "zlib include not found. Exiting..."
$ exit 2
$ endif
$!
$ if pngpath .eqs. ""
$ then
$ write sys$output "libpng include not found. Exiting..."
$ exit 2
$ endif
$!
$! Look for the compiler used.
$!
$ ccopt="/include=(''zpath',''pngpath')"
$ if f$getsyi("HW_MODEL").ge.1024
$ then
$ ccopt = "/prefix=all"+ccopt
$ comp = "__decc__=1"
$ if f$trnlnm("SYS").eqs."" then define sys sys$library:
$ else
$ if f$search("SYS$SYSTEM:DECC$COMPILER.EXE").eqs.""
$ then
$ if f$trnlnm("SYS").eqs."" then define sys sys$library:
$ if f$search("SYS$SYSTEM:VAXC.EXE").eqs.""
$ then
$ comp = "__gcc__=1"
$ CC :== GCC
$ else
$ comp = "__vaxc__=1"
$ endif
$ else
$ if f$trnlnm("SYS").eqs."" then define sys decc$library_include:
$ ccopt = "/decc/prefix=all"+ccopt
$ comp = "__decc__=1"
$ endif
$ endif
$ open/write lopt lib.opt
$ write lopt "''pngpath'libpng.olb/lib"
$ write lopt "''zpath'libz.olb/lib"
$ close lopt
$ open/write xopt x11.opt
$ write xopt "sys$library:decw$xlibshr.exe/share"
$ close xopt
$!
$! Build 'em.
$!
$ write sys$output "Compiling PNG book programs ..."
$ CALL MAKE readpng.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' readpng" -
readpng.c readpng.h
$ CALL MAKE readpng2.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' readpng2" -
readpng2.c readpng2.h
$ CALL MAKE writepng.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' writepng" -
writepng.c writepng.h
$ write sys$output "Building rpng-x..."
$ CALL MAKE rpng-x.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' rpng-x" -
rpng-x.c readpng.h
$ call make rpng-x.exe -
"LINK rpng-x,readpng,lib.opt/opt,x11.opt/opt" -
rpng-x.obj readpng.obj
$ write sys$output "Building rpng2-x..."
$ CALL MAKE rpng2-x.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' rpng2-x" -
rpng2-x.c readpng2.h
$ call make rpng2-x.exe -
"LINK rpng2-x,readpng2,lib.opt/opt,x11.opt/opt" -
rpng2-x.obj readpng2.obj
$ write sys$output "Building wpng..."
$ CALL MAKE wpng.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' wpng" -
wpng.c writepng.h
$ call make wpng.exe -
"LINK wpng,writepng,lib.opt/opt" -
wpng.obj writepng.obj
$ exit
$!
$!
$MAKE: SUBROUTINE !SUBROUTINE TO CHECK DEPENDENCIES
$ V = 'F$Verify(0)
$! P1 = What we are trying to make
$! P2 = Command to make it
$! P3 - P8 What it depends on
$
$ If F$Search(P1) .Eqs. "" Then Goto Makeit
$ Time = F$CvTime(F$File(P1,"RDT"))
$arg=3
$Loop:
$ Argument = P'arg
$ If Argument .Eqs. "" Then Goto Exit
$ El=0
$Loop2:
$ File = F$Element(El," ",Argument)
$ If File .Eqs. " " Then Goto Endl
$ AFile = ""
$Loop3:
$ OFile = AFile
$ AFile = F$Search(File)
$ If AFile .Eqs. "" .Or. AFile .Eqs. OFile Then Goto NextEl
$ If F$CvTime(F$File(AFile,"RDT")) .Ges. Time Then Goto Makeit
$ Goto Loop3
$NextEL:
$ El = El + 1
$ Goto Loop2
$EndL:
$ arg=arg+1
$ If arg .Le. 8 Then Goto Loop
$ Goto Exit
$
$Makeit:
$ VV=F$VERIFY(0)
$ write sys$output P2
$ 'P2
$ VV='F$Verify(VV)
$Exit:
$ If V Then Set Verify
$ENDSUBROUTINE
$!------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$! make "PNG: The Definitive Guide" demo programs (for X) under OpenVMS
$!
$! Script created by Martin Zinser for libpng; modified by Greg Roelofs
$! for standalone pngbook source distribution.
$!
$!
$! Set locations where zlib and libpng sources live.
$!
$ zpath = ""
$ pngpath = ""
$!
$ if f$search("[---.zlib]zlib.h").nes."" then zpath = "[---.zlib]"
$ if f$search("[--]png.h").nes."" then pngpath = "[--]"
$!
$ if f$search("[-.zlib]zlib.h").nes."" then zpath = "[-.zlib]"
$ if f$search("[-.libpng]png.h").nes."" then pngpath = "[-.libpng]"
$!
$ if zpath .eqs. ""
$ then
$ write sys$output "zlib include not found. Exiting..."
$ exit 2
$ endif
$!
$ if pngpath .eqs. ""
$ then
$ write sys$output "libpng include not found. Exiting..."
$ exit 2
$ endif
$!
$! Look for the compiler used.
$!
$ ccopt="/include=(''zpath',''pngpath')"
$ if f$getsyi("HW_MODEL").ge.1024
$ then
$ ccopt = "/prefix=all"+ccopt
$ comp = "__decc__=1"
$ if f$trnlnm("SYS").eqs."" then define sys sys$library:
$ else
$ if f$search("SYS$SYSTEM:DECC$COMPILER.EXE").eqs.""
$ then
$ if f$trnlnm("SYS").eqs."" then define sys sys$library:
$ if f$search("SYS$SYSTEM:VAXC.EXE").eqs.""
$ then
$ comp = "__gcc__=1"
$ CC :== GCC
$ else
$ comp = "__vaxc__=1"
$ endif
$ else
$ if f$trnlnm("SYS").eqs."" then define sys decc$library_include:
$ ccopt = "/decc/prefix=all"+ccopt
$ comp = "__decc__=1"
$ endif
$ endif
$ open/write lopt lib.opt
$ write lopt "''pngpath'libpng.olb/lib"
$ write lopt "''zpath'libz.olb/lib"
$ close lopt
$ open/write xopt x11.opt
$ write xopt "sys$library:decw$xlibshr.exe/share"
$ close xopt
$!
$! Build 'em.
$!
$ write sys$output "Compiling PNG book programs ..."
$ CALL MAKE readpng.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' readpng" -
readpng.c readpng.h
$ CALL MAKE readpng2.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' readpng2" -
readpng2.c readpng2.h
$ CALL MAKE writepng.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' writepng" -
writepng.c writepng.h
$ write sys$output "Building rpng-x..."
$ CALL MAKE rpng-x.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' rpng-x" -
rpng-x.c readpng.h
$ call make rpng-x.exe -
"LINK rpng-x,readpng,lib.opt/opt,x11.opt/opt" -
rpng-x.obj readpng.obj
$ write sys$output "Building rpng2-x..."
$ CALL MAKE rpng2-x.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' rpng2-x" -
rpng2-x.c readpng2.h
$ call make rpng2-x.exe -
"LINK rpng2-x,readpng2,lib.opt/opt,x11.opt/opt" -
rpng2-x.obj readpng2.obj
$ write sys$output "Building wpng..."
$ CALL MAKE wpng.OBJ "cc ''CCOPT' wpng" -
wpng.c writepng.h
$ call make wpng.exe -
"LINK wpng,writepng,lib.opt/opt" -
wpng.obj writepng.obj
$ exit
$!
$!
$MAKE: SUBROUTINE !SUBROUTINE TO CHECK DEPENDENCIES
$ V = 'F$Verify(0)
$! P1 = What we are trying to make
$! P2 = Command to make it
$! P3 - P8 What it depends on
$
$ If F$Search(P1) .Eqs. "" Then Goto Makeit
$ Time = F$CvTime(F$File(P1,"RDT"))
$arg=3
$Loop:
$ Argument = P'arg
$ If Argument .Eqs. "" Then Goto Exit
$ El=0
$Loop2:
$ File = F$Element(El," ",Argument)
$ If File .Eqs. " " Then Goto Endl
$ AFile = ""
$Loop3:
$ OFile = AFile
$ AFile = F$Search(File)
$ If AFile .Eqs. "" .Or. AFile .Eqs. OFile Then Goto NextEl
$ If F$CvTime(F$File(AFile,"RDT")) .Ges. Time Then Goto Makeit
$ Goto Loop3
$NextEL:
$ El = El + 1
$ Goto Loop2
$EndL:
$ arg=arg+1
$ If arg .Le. 8 Then Goto Loop
$ Goto Exit
$
$Makeit:
$ VV=F$VERIFY(0)
$ write sys$output P2
$ 'P2
$ VV='F$Verify(VV)
$Exit:
$ If V Then Set Verify
$ENDSUBROUTINE
+311 -305
View File
@@ -1,305 +1,311 @@
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
rpng - simple PNG display program readpng.c
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2007 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "png.h" /* libpng header; includes zlib.h */
#include "readpng.h" /* typedefs, common macros, public prototypes */
/* future versions of libpng will provide this macro: */
#ifndef png_jmpbuf
# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) ((png_ptr)->jmpbuf)
#endif
static png_structp png_ptr = NULL;
static png_infop info_ptr = NULL;
png_uint_32 width, height;
int bit_depth, color_type;
uch *image_data = NULL;
void readpng_version_info(void)
{
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with libpng %s; using libpng %s.\n",
PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, png_libpng_ver);
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with zlib %s; using zlib %s.\n",
ZLIB_VERSION, zlib_version);
}
/* return value = 0 for success, 1 for bad sig, 2 for bad IHDR, 4 for no mem */
int readpng_init(FILE *infile, ulg *pWidth, ulg *pHeight)
{
uch sig[8];
/* first do a quick check that the file really is a PNG image; could
* have used slightly more general png_sig_cmp() function instead */
fread(sig, 1, 8, infile);
if (png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, 8))
return 1; /* bad signature */
/* could pass pointers to user-defined error handlers instead of NULLs: */
png_ptr = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (!png_ptr)
return 4; /* out of memory */
info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
if (!info_ptr) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, NULL, NULL);
return 4; /* out of memory */
}
/* we could create a second info struct here (end_info), but it's only
* useful if we want to keep pre- and post-IDAT chunk info separated
* (mainly for PNG-aware image editors and converters) */
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-reading
* libpng function */
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return 2;
}
png_init_io(png_ptr, infile);
png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8); /* we already read the 8 signature bytes */
png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); /* read all PNG info up to image data */
/* alternatively, could make separate calls to png_get_image_width(),
* etc., but want bit_depth and color_type for later [don't care about
* compression_type and filter_type => NULLs] */
png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type,
NULL, NULL, NULL);
*pWidth = width;
*pHeight = height;
/* OK, that's all we need for now; return happy */
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 1 if fails due to no bKGD chunk, 2 if libpng error;
* scales values to 8-bit if necessary */
int readpng_get_bgcolor(uch *red, uch *green, uch *blue)
{
png_color_16p pBackground;
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-reading
* libpng function */
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return 2;
}
if (!png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_bKGD))
return 1;
/* it is not obvious from the libpng documentation, but this function
* takes a pointer to a pointer, and it always returns valid red, green
* and blue values, regardless of color_type: */
png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &pBackground);
/* however, it always returns the raw bKGD data, regardless of any
* bit-depth transformations, so check depth and adjust if necessary */
if (bit_depth == 16) {
*red = pBackground->red >> 8;
*green = pBackground->green >> 8;
*blue = pBackground->blue >> 8;
} else if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && bit_depth < 8) {
if (bit_depth == 1)
*red = *green = *blue = pBackground->gray? 255 : 0;
else if (bit_depth == 2)
*red = *green = *blue = (255/3) * pBackground->gray;
else /* bit_depth == 4 */
*red = *green = *blue = (255/15) * pBackground->gray;
} else {
*red = (uch)pBackground->red;
*green = (uch)pBackground->green;
*blue = (uch)pBackground->blue;
}
return 0;
}
/* display_exponent == LUT_exponent * CRT_exponent */
uch *readpng_get_image(double display_exponent, int *pChannels, ulg *pRowbytes)
{
double gamma;
png_uint_32 i, rowbytes;
png_bytepp row_pointers = NULL;
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-reading
* libpng function */
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return NULL;
}
/* expand palette images to RGB, low-bit-depth grayscale images to 8 bits,
* transparency chunks to full alpha channel; strip 16-bit-per-sample
* images to 8 bits per sample; and convert grayscale to RGB[A] */
if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
png_set_expand(png_ptr);
if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && bit_depth < 8)
png_set_expand(png_ptr);
if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS))
png_set_expand(png_ptr);
if (bit_depth == 16)
png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
/* unlike the example in the libpng documentation, we have *no* idea where
* this file may have come from--so if it doesn't have a file gamma, don't
* do any correction ("do no harm") */
if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma))
png_set_gamma(png_ptr, display_exponent, gamma);
/* all transformations have been registered; now update info_ptr data,
* get rowbytes and channels, and allocate image memory */
png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
*pRowbytes = rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
*pChannels = (int)png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
if ((image_data = (uch *)malloc(rowbytes*height)) == NULL) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return NULL;
}
if ((row_pointers = (png_bytepp)malloc(height*sizeof(png_bytep))) == NULL) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
free(image_data);
image_data = NULL;
return NULL;
}
Trace((stderr, "readpng_get_image: channels = %d, rowbytes = %ld, height = %ld\n",
*pChannels, rowbytes, height));
/* set the individual row_pointers to point at the correct offsets */
for (i = 0; i < height; ++i)
row_pointers[i] = image_data + i*rowbytes;
/* now we can go ahead and just read the whole image */
png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
/* and we're done! (png_read_end() can be omitted if no processing of
* post-IDAT text/time/etc. is desired) */
free(row_pointers);
row_pointers = NULL;
png_read_end(png_ptr, NULL);
return image_data;
}
void readpng_cleanup(int free_image_data)
{
if (free_image_data && image_data) {
free(image_data);
image_data = NULL;
}
if (png_ptr && info_ptr) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
png_ptr = NULL;
info_ptr = NULL;
}
}
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
rpng - simple PNG display program readpng.c
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2007 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "png.h" /* libpng header; includes zlib.h */
#include "readpng.h" /* typedefs, common macros, public prototypes */
/* future versions of libpng will provide this macro: */
#ifndef png_jmpbuf
# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) ((png_ptr)->jmpbuf)
#endif
static png_structp png_ptr = NULL;
static png_infop info_ptr = NULL;
png_uint_32 width, height;
int bit_depth, color_type;
uch *image_data = NULL;
void readpng_version_info(void)
{
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with libpng %s; using libpng %s.\n",
PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, png_libpng_ver);
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with zlib %s; using zlib %s.\n",
ZLIB_VERSION, zlib_version);
}
/* return value = 0 for success, 1 for bad sig, 2 for bad IHDR, 4 for no mem */
int readpng_init(FILE *infile, ulg *pWidth, ulg *pHeight)
{
uch sig[8];
/* first do a quick check that the file really is a PNG image; could
* have used slightly more general png_sig_cmp() function instead */
fread(sig, 1, 8, infile);
if (png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, 8))
return 1; /* bad signature */
/* could pass pointers to user-defined error handlers instead of NULLs: */
png_ptr = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (!png_ptr)
return 4; /* out of memory */
info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
if (!info_ptr) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, NULL, NULL);
return 4; /* out of memory */
}
/* we could create a second info struct here (end_info), but it's only
* useful if we want to keep pre- and post-IDAT chunk info separated
* (mainly for PNG-aware image editors and converters) */
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-reading
* libpng function */
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return 2;
}
png_init_io(png_ptr, infile);
png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8); /* we already read the 8 signature bytes */
png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); /* read all PNG info up to image data */
/* alternatively, could make separate calls to png_get_image_width(),
* etc., but want bit_depth and color_type for later [don't care about
* compression_type and filter_type => NULLs] */
png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type,
NULL, NULL, NULL);
*pWidth = width;
*pHeight = height;
/* OK, that's all we need for now; return happy */
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 1 if fails due to no bKGD chunk, 2 if libpng error;
* scales values to 8-bit if necessary */
int readpng_get_bgcolor(uch *red, uch *green, uch *blue)
{
png_color_16p pBackground;
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-reading
* libpng function */
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return 2;
}
if (!png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_bKGD))
return 1;
/* it is not obvious from the libpng documentation, but this function
* takes a pointer to a pointer, and it always returns valid red, green
* and blue values, regardless of color_type: */
png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &pBackground);
/* however, it always returns the raw bKGD data, regardless of any
* bit-depth transformations, so check depth and adjust if necessary */
if (bit_depth == 16) {
*red = pBackground->red >> 8;
*green = pBackground->green >> 8;
*blue = pBackground->blue >> 8;
} else if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && bit_depth < 8) {
if (bit_depth == 1)
*red = *green = *blue = pBackground->gray? 255 : 0;
else if (bit_depth == 2)
*red = *green = *blue = (255/3) * pBackground->gray;
else /* bit_depth == 4 */
*red = *green = *blue = (255/15) * pBackground->gray;
} else {
*red = (uch)pBackground->red;
*green = (uch)pBackground->green;
*blue = (uch)pBackground->blue;
}
return 0;
}
/* display_exponent == LUT_exponent * CRT_exponent */
uch *readpng_get_image(double display_exponent, int *pChannels, ulg *pRowbytes)
{
double gamma;
png_uint_32 i, rowbytes;
png_bytepp row_pointers = NULL;
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-reading
* libpng function */
if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return NULL;
}
/* expand palette images to RGB, low-bit-depth grayscale images to 8 bits,
* transparency chunks to full alpha channel; strip 16-bit-per-sample
* images to 8 bits per sample; and convert grayscale to RGB[A] */
if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
png_set_expand(png_ptr);
if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && bit_depth < 8)
png_set_expand(png_ptr);
if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS))
png_set_expand(png_ptr);
#ifdef PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
if (bit_depth == 16)
# ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
# else
png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
# endif
#endif
if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
/* unlike the example in the libpng documentation, we have *no* idea where
* this file may have come from--so if it doesn't have a file gamma, don't
* do any correction ("do no harm") */
if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma))
png_set_gamma(png_ptr, display_exponent, gamma);
/* all transformations have been registered; now update info_ptr data,
* get rowbytes and channels, and allocate image memory */
png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
*pRowbytes = rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
*pChannels = (int)png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
if ((image_data = (uch *)malloc(rowbytes*height)) == NULL) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
return NULL;
}
if ((row_pointers = (png_bytepp)malloc(height*sizeof(png_bytep))) == NULL) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
free(image_data);
image_data = NULL;
return NULL;
}
Trace((stderr, "readpng_get_image: channels = %d, rowbytes = %ld, height = %ld\n",
*pChannels, rowbytes, height));
/* set the individual row_pointers to point at the correct offsets */
for (i = 0; i < height; ++i)
row_pointers[i] = image_data + i*rowbytes;
/* now we can go ahead and just read the whole image */
png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);
/* and we're done! (png_read_end() can be omitted if no processing of
* post-IDAT text/time/etc. is desired) */
free(row_pointers);
row_pointers = NULL;
png_read_end(png_ptr, NULL);
return image_data;
}
void readpng_cleanup(int free_image_data)
{
if (free_image_data && image_data) {
free(image_data);
image_data = NULL;
}
if (png_ptr && info_ptr) {
png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, NULL);
png_ptr = NULL;
info_ptr = NULL;
}
}
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+179 -179
View File
@@ -1,179 +1,179 @@
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
rpng - simple PNG display program readppm.c
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a special-purpose replacement for readpng.c that allows binary
PPM files to be used in place of PNG images.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2007 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "readpng.h" /* typedefs, common macros, public prototypes */
ulg width, height;
int bit_depth, color_type, channels;
uch *image_data = NULL;
FILE *saved_infile;
void readpng_version_info()
{
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled without libpng, zlib or PBMPLUS/NetPBM.\n");
}
/* return value = 0 for success, 1 for bad sig, 2 for bad IHDR, 4 for no mem */
int readpng_init(FILE *infile, ulg *pWidth, ulg *pHeight)
{
static uch ppmline[256];
int maxval;
saved_infile = infile;
fgets(ppmline, 256, infile);
if (ppmline[0] != 'P' || ppmline[1] != '6') {
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: not a PPM file\n");
return 1;
}
/* possible color types: P5 = grayscale (0), P6 = RGB (2), P8 = RGBA (6) */
if (ppmline[1] == '6') {
color_type = 2;
channels = 3;
} else if (ppmline[1] == '8') {
color_type = 6;
channels = 4;
} else /* if (ppmline[1] == '5') */ {
color_type = 0;
channels = 1;
}
do {
fgets(ppmline, 256, infile);
} while (ppmline[0] == '#');
sscanf(ppmline, "%lu %lu", &width, &height);
do {
fgets(ppmline, 256, infile);
} while (ppmline[0] == '#');
sscanf(ppmline, "%d", &maxval);
if (maxval != 255) {
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: maxval = %d\n", maxval);
return 2;
}
bit_depth = 8;
*pWidth = width;
*pHeight = height;
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 1 if fails due to no bKGD chunk, 2 if libpng error;
* scales values to 8-bit if necessary */
int readpng_get_bgcolor(uch *red, uch *green, uch *blue)
{
return 1;
}
/* display_exponent == LUT_exponent * CRT_exponent */
uch *readpng_get_image(double display_exponent, int *pChannels, ulg *pRowbytes)
{
ulg rowbytes;
/* expand palette images to RGB, low-bit-depth grayscale images to 8 bits,
* transparency chunks to full alpha channel; strip 16-bit-per-sample
* images to 8 bits per sample; and convert grayscale to RGB[A] */
/* GRR WARNING: grayscale needs to be expanded and channels reset! */
*pRowbytes = rowbytes = channels*width;
*pChannels = channels;
if ((image_data = (uch *)malloc(rowbytes*height)) == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
Trace((stderr, "readpng_get_image: rowbytes = %ld, height = %ld\n", rowbytes, height));
/* now we can go ahead and just read the whole image */
fread(image_data, 1L, rowbytes*height, saved_infile);
return image_data;
}
void readpng_cleanup(int free_image_data)
{
if (free_image_data && image_data) {
free(image_data);
image_data = NULL;
}
}
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
rpng - simple PNG display program readppm.c
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a special-purpose replacement for readpng.c that allows binary
PPM files to be used in place of PNG images.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2007 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "readpng.h" /* typedefs, common macros, public prototypes */
ulg width, height;
int bit_depth, color_type, channels;
uch *image_data = NULL;
FILE *saved_infile;
void readpng_version_info()
{
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled without libpng, zlib or PBMPLUS/NetPBM.\n");
}
/* return value = 0 for success, 1 for bad sig, 2 for bad IHDR, 4 for no mem */
int readpng_init(FILE *infile, ulg *pWidth, ulg *pHeight)
{
static uch ppmline[256];
int maxval;
saved_infile = infile;
fgets(ppmline, 256, infile);
if (ppmline[0] != 'P' || ppmline[1] != '6') {
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: not a PPM file\n");
return 1;
}
/* possible color types: P5 = grayscale (0), P6 = RGB (2), P8 = RGBA (6) */
if (ppmline[1] == '6') {
color_type = 2;
channels = 3;
} else if (ppmline[1] == '8') {
color_type = 6;
channels = 4;
} else /* if (ppmline[1] == '5') */ {
color_type = 0;
channels = 1;
}
do {
fgets(ppmline, 256, infile);
} while (ppmline[0] == '#');
sscanf(ppmline, "%lu %lu", &width, &height);
do {
fgets(ppmline, 256, infile);
} while (ppmline[0] == '#');
sscanf(ppmline, "%d", &maxval);
if (maxval != 255) {
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: maxval = %d\n", maxval);
return 2;
}
bit_depth = 8;
*pWidth = width;
*pHeight = height;
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 1 if fails due to no bKGD chunk, 2 if libpng error;
* scales values to 8-bit if necessary */
int readpng_get_bgcolor(uch *red, uch *green, uch *blue)
{
return 1;
}
/* display_exponent == LUT_exponent * CRT_exponent */
uch *readpng_get_image(double display_exponent, int *pChannels, ulg *pRowbytes)
{
ulg rowbytes;
/* expand palette images to RGB, low-bit-depth grayscale images to 8 bits,
* transparency chunks to full alpha channel; strip 16-bit-per-sample
* images to 8 bits per sample; and convert grayscale to RGB[A] */
/* GRR WARNING: grayscale needs to be expanded and channels reset! */
*pRowbytes = rowbytes = channels*width;
*pChannels = channels;
if ((image_data = (uch *)malloc(rowbytes*height)) == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
Trace((stderr, "readpng_get_image: rowbytes = %ld, height = %ld\n", rowbytes, height));
/* now we can go ahead and just read the whole image */
fread(image_data, 1L, rowbytes*height, saved_infile);
return image_data;
}
void readpng_cleanup(int free_image_data)
{
if (free_image_data && image_data) {
free(image_data);
image_data = NULL;
}
}
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+400 -400
View File
@@ -1,400 +1,400 @@
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
wpng - simple PNG-writing program writepng.c
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2007 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include <stdlib.h> /* for exit() prototype */
#include "png.h" /* libpng header; includes zlib.h and setjmp.h */
#include "writepng.h" /* typedefs, common macros, public prototypes */
/* local prototype */
static void writepng_error_handler(png_structp png_ptr, png_const_charp msg);
void writepng_version_info(void)
{
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with libpng %s; using libpng %s.\n",
PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, png_libpng_ver);
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with zlib %s; using zlib %s.\n",
ZLIB_VERSION, zlib_version);
}
/* returns 0 for success, 2 for libpng problem, 4 for out of memory, 11 for
* unexpected pnmtype; note that outfile might be stdout */
int writepng_init(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr)
{
png_structp png_ptr; /* note: temporary variables! */
png_infop info_ptr;
int color_type, interlace_type;
/* could also replace libpng warning-handler (final NULL), but no need: */
png_ptr = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, mainprog_ptr,
writepng_error_handler, NULL);
if (!png_ptr)
return 4; /* out of memory */
info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
if (!info_ptr) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, NULL);
return 4; /* out of memory */
}
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-writing
* libpng function, unless an alternate error handler was installed--
* but compatible error handlers must either use longjmp() themselves
* (as in this program) or some other method to return control to
* application code, so here we go: */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
return 2;
}
/* make sure outfile is (re)opened in BINARY mode */
png_init_io(png_ptr, mainprog_ptr->outfile);
/* set the compression levels--in general, always want to leave filtering
* turned on (except for palette images) and allow all of the filters,
* which is the default; want 32K zlib window, unless entire image buffer
* is 16K or smaller (unknown here)--also the default; usually want max
* compression (NOT the default); and remaining compression flags should
* be left alone */
png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);
/*
>> this is default for no filtering; Z_FILTERED is default otherwise:
png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
>> these are all defaults:
png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
*/
/* set the image parameters appropriately */
if (mainprog_ptr->pnmtype == 5)
color_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY;
else if (mainprog_ptr->pnmtype == 6)
color_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB;
else if (mainprog_ptr->pnmtype == 8)
color_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA;
else {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
return 11;
}
interlace_type = mainprog_ptr->interlaced? PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 :
PNG_INTERLACE_NONE;
png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, mainprog_ptr->width, mainprog_ptr->height,
mainprog_ptr->sample_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT);
if (mainprog_ptr->gamma > 0.0)
png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, mainprog_ptr->gamma);
if (mainprog_ptr->have_bg) { /* we know it's RGBA, not gray+alpha */
png_color_16 background;
background.red = mainprog_ptr->bg_red;
background.green = mainprog_ptr->bg_green;
background.blue = mainprog_ptr->bg_blue;
png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_time) {
png_time modtime;
png_convert_from_time_t(&modtime, mainprog_ptr->modtime);
png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &modtime);
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text) {
png_text text[6];
int num_text = 0;
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_TITLE) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Title";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->title;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_AUTHOR) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Author";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->author;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_DESC) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Description";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->desc;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_COPY) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Copyright";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->copyright;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_EMAIL) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "E-mail";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->email;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_URL) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "URL";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->url;
++num_text;
}
png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text, num_text);
}
/* write all chunks up to (but not including) first IDAT */
png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
/* if we wanted to write any more text info *after* the image data, we
* would set up text struct(s) here and call png_set_text() again, with
* just the new data; png_set_tIME() could also go here, but it would
* have no effect since we already called it above (only one tIME chunk
* allowed) */
/* set up the transformations: for now, just pack low-bit-depth pixels
* into bytes (one, two or four pixels per byte) */
png_set_packing(png_ptr);
/* png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit); to scale low-bit-depth values */
/* make sure we save our pointers for use in writepng_encode_image() */
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = png_ptr;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = info_ptr;
/* OK, that's all we need to do for now; return happy */
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 for success, 2 for libpng (longjmp) problem */
int writepng_encode_image(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr)
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
/* as always, setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a
* PNG-writing libpng function */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = NULL;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = NULL;
return 2;
}
/* and now we just write the whole image; libpng takes care of interlacing
* for us */
png_write_image(png_ptr, mainprog_ptr->row_pointers);
/* since that's it, we also close out the end of the PNG file now--if we
* had any text or time info to write after the IDATs, second argument
* would be info_ptr, but we optimize slightly by sending NULL pointer: */
png_write_end(png_ptr, NULL);
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 2 if libpng problem */
int writepng_encode_row(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr) /* NON-interlaced only! */
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
/* as always, setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a
* PNG-writing libpng function */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = NULL;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = NULL;
return 2;
}
/* image_data points at our one row of image data */
png_write_row(png_ptr, mainprog_ptr->image_data);
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 2 if libpng problem */
int writepng_encode_finish(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr) /* NON-interlaced! */
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
/* as always, setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a
* PNG-writing libpng function */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = NULL;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = NULL;
return 2;
}
/* close out PNG file; if we had any text or time info to write after
* the IDATs, second argument would be info_ptr: */
png_write_end(png_ptr, NULL);
return 0;
}
void writepng_cleanup(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr)
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
if (png_ptr && info_ptr)
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
}
static void writepng_error_handler(png_structp png_ptr, png_const_charp msg)
{
mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr;
/* This function, aside from the extra step of retrieving the "error
* pointer" (below) and the fact that it exists within the application
* rather than within libpng, is essentially identical to libpng's
* default error handler. The second point is critical: since both
* setjmp() and longjmp() are called from the same code, they are
* guaranteed to have compatible notions of how big a jmp_buf is,
* regardless of whether _BSD_SOURCE or anything else has (or has not)
* been defined. */
fprintf(stderr, "writepng libpng error: %s\n", msg);
fflush(stderr);
mainprog_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);
if (mainprog_ptr == NULL) { /* we are completely hosed now */
fprintf(stderr,
"writepng severe error: jmpbuf not recoverable; terminating.\n");
fflush(stderr);
exit(99);
}
/* Now we have our data structure we can use the information in it
* to return control to our own higher level code (all the points
* where 'setjmp' is called in this file.) This will work with other
* error handling mechanisms as well - libpng always calls png_error
* when it can proceed no further, thus, so long as the error handler
* is intercepted, application code can do its own error recovery.
*/
longjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf, 1);
}
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
wpng - simple PNG-writing program writepng.c
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1998-2007 Greg Roelofs. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall the author or contributors
be held liable for any damages arising in any way from the use of
this software.
The contents of this file are DUAL-LICENSED. You may modify and/or
redistribute this software according to the terms of one of the
following two licenses (at your option):
LICENSE 1 ("BSD-like with advertising clause"):
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute
it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in the documenta-
tion and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by Greg Roelofs
and contributors for the book, "PNG: The Definitive Guide,"
published by O'Reilly and Associates.
LICENSE 2 (GNU GPL v2 or later):
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include <stdlib.h> /* for exit() prototype */
#include "png.h" /* libpng header; includes zlib.h and setjmp.h */
#include "writepng.h" /* typedefs, common macros, public prototypes */
/* local prototype */
static void writepng_error_handler(png_structp png_ptr, png_const_charp msg);
void writepng_version_info(void)
{
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with libpng %s; using libpng %s.\n",
PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, png_libpng_ver);
fprintf(stderr, " Compiled with zlib %s; using zlib %s.\n",
ZLIB_VERSION, zlib_version);
}
/* returns 0 for success, 2 for libpng problem, 4 for out of memory, 11 for
* unexpected pnmtype; note that outfile might be stdout */
int writepng_init(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr)
{
png_structp png_ptr; /* note: temporary variables! */
png_infop info_ptr;
int color_type, interlace_type;
/* could also replace libpng warning-handler (final NULL), but no need: */
png_ptr = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, mainprog_ptr,
writepng_error_handler, NULL);
if (!png_ptr)
return 4; /* out of memory */
info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
if (!info_ptr) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, NULL);
return 4; /* out of memory */
}
/* setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a PNG-writing
* libpng function, unless an alternate error handler was installed--
* but compatible error handlers must either use longjmp() themselves
* (as in this program) or some other method to return control to
* application code, so here we go: */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
return 2;
}
/* make sure outfile is (re)opened in BINARY mode */
png_init_io(png_ptr, mainprog_ptr->outfile);
/* set the compression levels--in general, always want to leave filtering
* turned on (except for palette images) and allow all of the filters,
* which is the default; want 32K zlib window, unless entire image buffer
* is 16K or smaller (unknown here)--also the default; usually want max
* compression (NOT the default); and remaining compression flags should
* be left alone */
png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);
/*
>> this is default for no filtering; Z_FILTERED is default otherwise:
png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
>> these are all defaults:
png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
*/
/* set the image parameters appropriately */
if (mainprog_ptr->pnmtype == 5)
color_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY;
else if (mainprog_ptr->pnmtype == 6)
color_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB;
else if (mainprog_ptr->pnmtype == 8)
color_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA;
else {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
return 11;
}
interlace_type = mainprog_ptr->interlaced? PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 :
PNG_INTERLACE_NONE;
png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, mainprog_ptr->width, mainprog_ptr->height,
mainprog_ptr->sample_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT);
if (mainprog_ptr->gamma > 0.0)
png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, mainprog_ptr->gamma);
if (mainprog_ptr->have_bg) { /* we know it's RGBA, not gray+alpha */
png_color_16 background;
background.red = mainprog_ptr->bg_red;
background.green = mainprog_ptr->bg_green;
background.blue = mainprog_ptr->bg_blue;
png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_time) {
png_time modtime;
png_convert_from_time_t(&modtime, mainprog_ptr->modtime);
png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &modtime);
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text) {
png_text text[6];
int num_text = 0;
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_TITLE) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Title";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->title;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_AUTHOR) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Author";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->author;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_DESC) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Description";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->desc;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_COPY) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "Copyright";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->copyright;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_EMAIL) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "E-mail";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->email;
++num_text;
}
if (mainprog_ptr->have_text & TEXT_URL) {
text[num_text].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
text[num_text].key = "URL";
text[num_text].text = mainprog_ptr->url;
++num_text;
}
png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text, num_text);
}
/* write all chunks up to (but not including) first IDAT */
png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
/* if we wanted to write any more text info *after* the image data, we
* would set up text struct(s) here and call png_set_text() again, with
* just the new data; png_set_tIME() could also go here, but it would
* have no effect since we already called it above (only one tIME chunk
* allowed) */
/* set up the transformations: for now, just pack low-bit-depth pixels
* into bytes (one, two or four pixels per byte) */
png_set_packing(png_ptr);
/* png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit); to scale low-bit-depth values */
/* make sure we save our pointers for use in writepng_encode_image() */
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = png_ptr;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = info_ptr;
/* OK, that's all we need to do for now; return happy */
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 for success, 2 for libpng (longjmp) problem */
int writepng_encode_image(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr)
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
/* as always, setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a
* PNG-writing libpng function */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = NULL;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = NULL;
return 2;
}
/* and now we just write the whole image; libpng takes care of interlacing
* for us */
png_write_image(png_ptr, mainprog_ptr->row_pointers);
/* since that's it, we also close out the end of the PNG file now--if we
* had any text or time info to write after the IDATs, second argument
* would be info_ptr, but we optimize slightly by sending NULL pointer: */
png_write_end(png_ptr, NULL);
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 2 if libpng problem */
int writepng_encode_row(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr) /* NON-interlaced only! */
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
/* as always, setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a
* PNG-writing libpng function */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = NULL;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = NULL;
return 2;
}
/* image_data points at our one row of image data */
png_write_row(png_ptr, mainprog_ptr->image_data);
return 0;
}
/* returns 0 if succeeds, 2 if libpng problem */
int writepng_encode_finish(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr) /* NON-interlaced! */
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
/* as always, setjmp() must be called in every function that calls a
* PNG-writing libpng function */
if (setjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf)) {
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
mainprog_ptr->png_ptr = NULL;
mainprog_ptr->info_ptr = NULL;
return 2;
}
/* close out PNG file; if we had any text or time info to write after
* the IDATs, second argument would be info_ptr: */
png_write_end(png_ptr, NULL);
return 0;
}
void writepng_cleanup(mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr)
{
png_structp png_ptr = (png_structp)mainprog_ptr->png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr = (png_infop)mainprog_ptr->info_ptr;
if (png_ptr && info_ptr)
png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
}
static void writepng_error_handler(png_structp png_ptr, png_const_charp msg)
{
mainprog_info *mainprog_ptr;
/* This function, aside from the extra step of retrieving the "error
* pointer" (below) and the fact that it exists within the application
* rather than within libpng, is essentially identical to libpng's
* default error handler. The second point is critical: since both
* setjmp() and longjmp() are called from the same code, they are
* guaranteed to have compatible notions of how big a jmp_buf is,
* regardless of whether _BSD_SOURCE or anything else has (or has not)
* been defined. */
fprintf(stderr, "writepng libpng error: %s\n", msg);
fflush(stderr);
mainprog_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);
if (mainprog_ptr == NULL) { /* we are completely hosed now */
fprintf(stderr,
"writepng severe error: jmpbuf not recoverable; terminating.\n");
fflush(stderr);
exit(99);
}
/* Now we have our data structure we can use the information in it
* to return control to our own higher level code (all the points
* where 'setjmp' is called in this file.) This will work with other
* error handling mechanisms as well - libpng always calls png_error
* when it can proceed no further, thus, so long as the error handler
* is intercepted, application code can do its own error recovery.
*/
longjmp(mainprog_ptr->jmpbuf, 1);
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More